Monier-Williams Sanskrit-English Dictionary -- p

pa 1: pa the first labial consonant
⋙ pakāra: ○kāra m. the letter or sound pa
⋙ pavarga: ○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants
pa 2: pa mf(pā and pī)n. (√1. pā) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c; • also paka in taila-paka); • m. or (pā) f. the act of drinking L
pa 3: pa mfn. (√3. pā) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc; • cf. aja-, kula- &c; • also paka in hasti-paka); • (ā), f. guarding, protecting L
pa 4: pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut
pa 5: pa m. (only L.) wind; • a leaf; • = pūta; • (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka
paṃś: paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73
paṃsaka: paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana
pakatha: pakatha wṛ. for paktha
pakkaṭī: pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L
pakkaṇa: pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād
paktapauḍa: pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa
paktavya: paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575
pakvaśa: pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)
pakvāpakvā: pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh
pakṣ: pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14; • xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.); • to take a part or side W
≫ pakṣa: pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c; • a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat; • a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○); • the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○); • the shoulder; • the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c; • the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column 3]; • the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv; • the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha; • the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra; • each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c; • a side, party, faction; • multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings; • partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'; • mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c; • side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib; • quantity ( See keśa-); • one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch; • a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-); • an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch; • (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp; • any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c; • the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16; • N. of sev. men VP; • (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division; • the wall of a house or any wall L; • an army L; • favour L; • contradiction, rejoinder L; • the ash-pit of a fire-place L; • a royal elephant L; • a limb or member of the body L; • the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L; • proximity, neighbourhood L; • a bracelet L; • purity, perfection L; • mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]
⋙ pakṣakṛt: ○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP
⋙ pakṣakṣaya: ○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var
⋙ pakṣakṣepa: ○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)
⋙ pakṣagama: ○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying; • m. a bird R
⋙ pakṣagupta: ○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L
⋙ pakṣagrahaṇa: ○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām
⋙ pakṣagrāha: ○grāha (Hariv.),
⋙ pakṣagrāhin: ○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)
⋙ pakṣaghāta: ○ghāta See pakṣâgh○
⋙ pakṣaghna: ○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var
⋙ pakṣaṃgama: ○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R
⋙ pakṣacara: ○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○); • an elephant strayed from the herd Kād; • the moon L
⋙ pakṣacchid: ○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid
⋙ pakṣaja: ○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L; • N. of partic. clouds VP
⋙ pakṣatā: ○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh; • (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument; • maintaining or defending a thesis; • the essential nature of a proposition; • the being the premiss to be proved; • N. of sev. wks; • -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks
⋙ pakṣatva: ○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk; • the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas; • the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch; • = -tā L
⋙ pakṣadvaya: ○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W; • a month (lit. 2 half months) ib
⋙ pakṣadvāra: ○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch
⋙ pakṣadhara: ○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.); • taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh; • m. a bird Hariv; • an elephant that has strayed from the herd L; • the moon L. (cf. -cara); • N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat; • (ī), f. N. of wk; • -miśra m. N. of an author; • -vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks
⋙ pakṣadharmatāvāda: ○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣanāḍī: ○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr
⋙ pakṣanikṣepa: ○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad
⋙ pakṣapāta: ○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L; • flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7; • adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7); • a partisan, adherent W; • -kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW
⋙ pakṣapātin: ○pātin mfn. flying; • ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc; • ○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish; • ○ti-tva n. MW
⋙ pakṣapāli: ○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak; • a private or back door L
⋙ pakṣapuccha: ○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr; • ○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib
⋙ pakṣapuṭa: ○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād
⋙ pakṣapoṣaṇa: ○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP
⋙ pakṣapradoṣavrata: ○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣapradyota: ○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column 1]
⋙ pakṣabala: ○bala n. strength of wing MW
⋙ pakṣabindu: ○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L
⋙ pakṣabhāga: ○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L
⋙ pakṣabhukti: ○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP
⋙ pakṣabheda: ○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument; • the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW
⋙ pakṣamūla: ○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L
⋙ pakṣayāga: ○yāga m. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣaracanā: ○racanā f. forming a party or faction; • -naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś
⋙ pakṣarātri: ○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat
⋙ pakṣavañcitaka: ○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib
⋙ pakṣavat: ○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c; • belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')
⋙ pakṣavadha: ○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr
⋙ pakṣavāda: ○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh
⋙ pakṣavāhana: ○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L
⋙ pakṣavikala: ○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch
⋙ pakṣavyāpin: ○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW
⋙ pakṣaśas: ○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh
⋙ pakṣasammita: ○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr
⋙ pakṣasundara: ○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L
⋙ pakṣahata: ○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr
⋙ pakṣahara: ○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh
⋙ pakṣahoma: ○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L; • -vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks
⋙ pakṣākāra: pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW
⋙ pakṣāghāta: pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr; • refutation of an argument or view W
⋙ pakṣādi: pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ
⋙ pakṣādhyāya: pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv
⋙ pakṣānta: pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh; • the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c
⋙ pākṣāntara: pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L; • another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch
⋙ pakṣābhāsa: pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch
⋙ pakṣāvalī: pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣāvasara: pakṣâvasara m. (L.),
⋙ pakṣāvasāna: pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon
⋙ pakṣāṣṭamī: pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ
⋙ pakṣāhati: pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW
⋙ pakṣāhāra: pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh
⋙ pakṣeśvara: pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat
⋙ pakṣotkṣepa: pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa
⋙ pakṣodgrāhin: pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW
≫ pakṣaka: pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc; • cf. sa-); • N. of the number two Hcat; • a fan Gal; • a side door L; • a side Śiś; • a partisan L
≫ pakṣati: pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25); • the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc; • -tā f.); • the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L
⋙ pakṣatipuṭa: ○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)
≫ pakṣas: pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch; • a side RV. vi, 47, 19; • the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh; • the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh; • the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS; • a half month TāṇḍBr; • the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr
≫ pakṣālikā: pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
≫ pakṣālu: pakṣālu m. a bird L
≫ pakṣi 1: pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2; • pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)
≫ pakṣi 2: pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin
⋙ pakṣikīṭa: ○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW
⋙ pakṣijyotiṣa: ○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣitīrtha: ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat
⋙ pakṣitva: ○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās
⋙ pakṣipati: ○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R
⋙ pakṣipānīyaśālikā: ○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L
⋙ pakṣipuṃgava: ○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv; • of Jaṭāyu R
⋙ pakṣipravara: ○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
⋙ pakṣibālaka: ○bālaka m. a young bird MW
⋙ pakṣimanuṣyālayalakṣaṇa: ○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
⋙ pakṣimārga: ○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal
⋙ pakṣimṛgatā: ○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9
⋙ pakṣirāj: ○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās
⋙ pakṣirāja: ○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās
⋙ pakṣirājya: ○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW
⋙ pakṣiśārdūla: ○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance
⋙ pakṣiśālā: ○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L
⋙ pakṣiśāvaka: ○śāvaka m. a young bird MW
⋙ pakṣisiṃha: ○siṃha (L.),
⋙ svāmin: svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column 2]
⋙ pakṣīndra: pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās
⋙ pakṣīśa: pakṣī7śa m.id. R
≫ pakṣin: pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c; • (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv; • m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c; • the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L; • N. of Śiva MBh; • a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L; • an arrow L; • a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr; • (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv; • (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut; • the day of full moon L; • N. of a Śākini L
≫ pakṣila: pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L
⋙ pakṣilasvāmin: ○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad
≫ pakṣīkṛ: pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar
≫ pakṣīya: pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv
≫ pakṣu: pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)
≫ pakṣma 1: pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390); • n. lead Gal
≫ pakṣma 2: pakṣma in comp. for ○man,
⋙ pakṣmakopa: ○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr
⋙ pakṣmapāta: ○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh
⋙ pakṣmaprakopa: ○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr
⋙ pakṣmayūkā: ○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L
⋙ pakṣmasampāta: ○sampāta m.= -pāta; • -ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh
⋙ pakṣmaspanda: ○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149
⋙ pakṣmākṣa: pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L
≫ pakṣman: pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh; • cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c; • the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8; • the filament of a flower ib. v, 85; • a thin thread L; • the leaf of a flower Kād; • a wing L; • a whisker MW
≫ pakṣmala: pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr; • having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś; • downy, soft Kād. Bālar
⋙ pakṣmaladṛś: ○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh
≫ pakṣya: pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below); • changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun'); • produced or occurring in a fortnight W; • (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās
⋙ pakṣyavayas: ○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas
pakṣṇu: pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2
pakhoda: pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L
pagārā: pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr
paṅka: páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c; • ointment, unguent (in comp; • cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP; • moral impurity, sin L
⋙ paṅkakarvaṭa: ○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L
⋙ paṅkakīra: ○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L
⋙ paṅkakrīḍa: ○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L
⋙ paṅkakrīḍanaka: ○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L
⋙ paṅkagaḍaka: ○gaḍaka m
⋙ paṅkagaṇḍī: ○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L
⋙ paṅkagati: ○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L
⋙ paṅkagrāha: ○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L
⋙ paṅkacchid: ○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav
⋙ paṅkaja: ○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.); • m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja); • mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam; • -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv; • -nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām; • -nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP; • -netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP; • -pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW; • -mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP; • -lāvam ind. (fr. √lū) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar; • -vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh; • ○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar; • ○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP; • jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī); • ○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var; • ○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh; • (nī), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur
⋙ paṅkajanman: ○janman n. = -ja n. L
⋙ paṅkajāta: ○jāta n. id; • = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś
⋙ paṅkajit: ○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
⋙ paṅkatā: ○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś
⋙ paṅkadanta: ○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column 3]
⋙ paṅkadigdha: ○digdha mfn. mud-smeared; • -śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv; • ○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh
⋙ paṅkaprabhā: ○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L
⋙ paṅkabhāj: ○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W
⋙ paṅkabhāraka: ○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W
⋙ paṅkabhāva: ○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh
⋙ paṅkamagna: ○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ
⋙ paṅkamajjana: ○majjana n. immersion in mud MW
⋙ paṅkamaṇḍuka: ○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)
⋙ paṅkamaya: ○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW
⋙ paṅkaruh: ○ruh and n. = -ja n. L
⋙ paṅkaruha: ○ruha n. = -ja n. L; • ○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī
⋙ paṅkalagna: ○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr
⋙ paṅkavat: ○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R
⋙ paṅkavāri: ○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○
⋙ paṅkavāsa: ○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L
⋙ paṅkaśukti: ○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L
⋙ paṅkaśūraṇa: ○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)
⋙ paṅkākta: paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit
⋙ paṅkāvalī: paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)
≫ paṅkaya: paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19; • to besmear Hcar
≫ paṅkāra: paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra; • Trapa Bispinosa; • a dam, dike; • stairs, a ladder
≫ paṅkin: paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)
≫ paṅkila: paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv; • thick, condensed L; • m. a boat, canoe L
≫ paṅke: paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp
⋙ paṅkeja: ○ja n. = ○ka-ja L
⋙ paṅkeruh: ○ruh n. id., Prasann
⋙ paṅkeruha: ○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP; • m. the Indian crane L; • -vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar; • ○hâkṣī; • f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām; • ○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib
⋙ paṅkeśaya: ○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr
paṅkaṇa: paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa
paṅkti: paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c; • a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib; • any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.); • the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below); • any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c; • the earth L; • wṛ. for pakti, q.v
⋙ paṅktikaṭa: ○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ paṅktikaṇṭaka: ○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L
⋙ paṅktikanda: ○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L
⋙ paṅktikrama: ○krama m. order, succession Hit
⋙ paṅktigrīva: ○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L
⋙ paṅkticara: ○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L
⋙ paṅktidūṣa: ○dūṣa (MBh.),
⋙ paṅktidūṣaka: ○dūḍṣaka (Var.),
⋙ paṅktidūṣaṇa: ○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with
⋙ paṅktidoṣa: ○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh
⋙ paṅktipāvana: ○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c; • -pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch
⋙ paṅktibīja: ○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L
⋙ paṅktimālā: ○mālā f. a species of plant Gal
⋙ paṅktiratha: ○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur
⋙ paṅktirādhas: ○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV
⋙ paṅktivihaṃgamanāmabhṛt: ○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13
⋙ paṅktiśas: ○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33
≫ paṅktikā: paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat; • a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ
≫ paṅktī: paṅktī for paṅkti in comp
⋙ paṅktīkṛta: ○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv
⋙ paṅktīhara: ○hara See pāṅktīhari
⋙ paṅktyuttarā: paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt
paṅgu: paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?; • Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c; • N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr; • m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara); • of Nirjita-varman Rājat
⋙ paṅgugraha: ○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W; • one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW
⋙ paṅgutā: ○tā f. lameness, motionlessness; • -hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51
⋙ paṅgutva: ○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas
⋙ paṅgubhāva: ○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar
⋙ paṅguvakrakarmaprakāśa: ○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk
⋙ paṅguvāsara: ○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh
≫ paṅguka: paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh
≫ paṅgula: paṅgula mfn. id. L; • n. (?) lameness Suśr; • m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column 1]
≫ paṅgūyita: paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh
pac 1: pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya
≫ pañca 1: pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar; • m. (in music) a kind of measure
pac 2: pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.; • p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]; • pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur; • pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV; • peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 120]; • aor. pákṣat RV; • apākṣīt, apakta Gr; • Prec. pacyāt ib; • fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br; • ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh; • inf. páktave AV. Br; • paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c; • (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh; • to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr; • to digest Suśr; • to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c; • (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop; • (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh; • aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c; • to be tormented Divyâv; • also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh; • Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat; • lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr; • Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.); • to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.); • to cause to ripen TBr; • to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr; • pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575, 1] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]
≫ paktavya: paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh; • to be matured or digested W
≫ pakti: paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○); • food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS; • digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr; • place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr; • ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv; • purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.); • respectability, dignity, fame Suśr
⋙ paktidṛṣṭi: ○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120
⋙ paktināśana: ○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr
⋙ paktiśūla: ○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L
⋙ paktisthāna: ○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr
≫ paktṛ: paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c; • digestive, promoting digestion Suśr; • m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car
⋙ paktra: pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166
⋙ paktrima: pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20; • ripe HPariś; • cooked W
≫ paktha: pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.); • pl. N. of a people ib
⋙ pakthin: pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy; • prob. N. of a man) ib
≫ pakva: pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac; • Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder); • warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c; • baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c; • ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits); • grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas; • accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP; • ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib; • digested W; • n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr; • ripe corn AV; • the ashes of a burnt corpse ib
⋙ pakvakaṣāya: ○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP
⋙ pakvakṛt: ○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food; • m. Azadirachta Indica L
⋙ pakvakeśa: ○keśa mfn. grey-haired W
⋙ pakvagātra: ○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv
⋙ pakvatā: ○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column 2]
⋙ pakvarasa: ○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr
⋙ pakvavat: ○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW
⋙ pakvavāri: ○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L; • boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)
⋙ pakvasasyopamonnati: ○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L
⋙ pakvaharitalūna: ○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L
⋙ pakvātīsāra: pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr
⋙ pakvādhāna: pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr
⋙ pakvānna: pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c
⋙ pakvāśaya: pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)
⋙ pakvāśin: pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19
⋙ pakveṣṭaka: pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch; • -cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ
⋙ pakveṣṭakā: pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var; • -maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat
≫ pakvaka: pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6
≫ pakṣṇu: pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop
≫ pac 3: pac mfn. (ifc; • nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking
≫ paca 1: paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.); • m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L
⋙ pacapaca: ○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh
⋙ pacampacā: ○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)
≫ paca 2: paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac
⋙ pacaprakūṭā: ○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
⋙ pacalavaṇā: ○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
≫ pacaka: pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L
≫ pacat: pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c
⋙ pacatpuṭa: ○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L
≫ pacata 1: pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr; • m. fire L; • the sun L; • N. of Indra L; • n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16
≫ pacata 2: pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac
⋙ pacatabhṛjjatā: ○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
≫ pacatikalpam: pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch
≫ pacatya: pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2
≫ pacana: pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-); • m. fire L; • (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L; • (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī); • n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr; • cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP
⋙ pacanakriyā: ○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut
⋙ pacanāgāra: pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ pacanāgni: pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib
≫ pacanikā: pacanikā f. a pan L
≫ pacamānaka: pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh
≫ paci: paci m. fire L; • cooking, maturing L
≫ pacelima: pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172; • m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean; • fire; • the sun
⋙ paceluka: paceḍluka m. a cook L
≫ pacya: pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)
paccanikā: paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis
pacchabda: pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583
paj: paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575, 2]
≫ pajra: pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]; • m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib; • [575, 2] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib; • n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
⋙ pajrahoṣin: ○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)
≫ pajriya: pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV
≫ pañjaka: pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat
≫ pañjara: pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c; • a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.); • N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP; • m. (L.) the body. Udbh; • the Kali-yuga L; • a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L; • a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)
⋙ pañjarakapiñjala: ○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch
⋙ pañjarakapota: ○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib
⋙ pañjarakesarin: ○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād
⋙ pañjaracālananyāya: ○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk
⋙ pañjarabhāj: ○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column 3]
⋙ pañjaraśuka: ○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch
⋙ pañjarākheṭa: pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L
≫ pañjaraka: pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc
pajoka: pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat
pajja: paj-ja See 3. pad
pajihaṭikā: pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom; • a kind of metre ib
pañc: pañc See √1. pac, col. 1
≫ pañca 1: pañca See under 1. pac ib
pañca 2: pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)
⋙ pañcakapāla: ○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS
⋙ pañcakarṇa: ○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?); • m. N. of a man TĀr
⋙ pañcakarpaṭa: ○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh
⋙ pañcakarma: ○karma n. (L.),
⋙ pañcakarman: ○karman n. (Suśr.),
⋙ pañcakarmī: ○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily); • ○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks
⋙ pañcakalpa: ○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L; • (ī), f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcakalyāṇaka: ○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat
⋙ pañcakaṣāya: ○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L; • -ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr
⋙ pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛtti: ○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcakāpittha: ○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr
⋙ pañcakārukī: ○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L
⋙ pañcakālakriyādīpa: ○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m
⋙ pañcakālapaddhati: ○kāla-paddhati f
⋙ pañcakālapravartana: ○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcakūrca: ○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh
⋙ pañcakṛtya: ○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad; • (m.) a species of, plant L
⋙ pañcakṛtvas: ○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr
⋙ pañcakṛṣṇa: ○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr
⋙ pañcakṛṣṇala: ○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut; • ○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW
⋙ pañcakoṇa: ○koṇa m. a pentagon Col
⋙ pañcakola: ○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr
⋙ pañcakolaka: ○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr
⋙ pañcakośa: ○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa); • -viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcakrama: ○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L; • N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)
⋙ pañcakrośa: ○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
⋙ pañcakrośī: ○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435); • ○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcakroṣṭṛ: ○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcakleśabheda: ○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcakṣāra: ○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v
⋙ pañcakhaṭva: ○khaṭva n
⋙ pañcakhaṭvī: ○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L
⋙ pañcagaṅga: ○gaṅga n. (C.),
⋙ pañcagaṅgā: ○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh
⋙ pañcagaṇayoga: ○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L
⋙ pañcagaṇḍaka: ○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv
⋙ pañcagata: ○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col
⋙ pañcagatisamatikrānta: ○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)
⋙ pañcagava: ○gava n
⋙ pañcagavī: ○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows; • ○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L
⋙ pañcagavya: ○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L; • N. of wk; • -ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar; • -melana-prakāra m. N. of wk; • ○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat
⋙ pañcagārgya: ○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcagu: ○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat
⋙ pañcaguṇa: ○guṇa mfn. fivefold; • having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh
⋙ pañcagupta: ○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head; • cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L; • the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L
⋙ pañcagupti: ○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L
⋙ pañcagṛhita: ○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr; • ○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,
⋙ pañcagoṇi: ○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column 1]
⋙ pañcagauḍabrāhmaṇajāti: ○gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-jāti
⋙ pañcagranthī: ○granthī
⋙ pañcagrahayogaśānti: ○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcagrāmī: ○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ
⋙ pañcaghāta: ○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure
⋙ pañcacakṣus: ○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)
⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśa: ○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcacatvāriṃśat: ○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr
⋙ pañcacandra: ○candra m. N. of a man Rājat
⋙ pañcacāmara: ○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col; • -stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara
⋙ pañcacitīka: ○cit˘īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c
⋙ pañcacīra: ○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W
⋙ pañcacūḍa: ○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.); • (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās; • (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr; • N. of an Apsaras MBh. R; • ○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)
⋙ pañcacoḍā: ○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb
⋙ pañcacola: ○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L
⋙ pañcajana: ○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.); • (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh; • N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya); • of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP; • of a Prajāpati ib; • of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv; • of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib; • (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L; • N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī); • ○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr; • Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.); • m. an actor, a buffoon L; • the chief of 5 men W
⋙ pañcajitaṃte: ○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra
⋙ pañcajñāna: ○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L
⋙ pañcaḍākinī: ○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W
⋙ pañcatakṣa: ○takṣa n
⋙ pañcatakṣī: ○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L
⋙ pañcatattva: ○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L; • (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.); • -prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcatantra: ○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka); • of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita; • -kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcatanmātra: ○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap
⋙ pañcatapa: ○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn
⋙ pañcatapas: ○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead); • mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2); • po'nvita mfn. id. R
⋙ pañcatā: ○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151; • an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, yā &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur
⋙ pañcatāra: ○tāra mfn. five-starred MW
⋙ pañcatikta: ○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr; • -ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav
⋙ pañcatīthī: ○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP; • N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās; • bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W
⋙ pañcatriṃśa: ○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr; • + 35 Jyot
⋙ pañcatrinśat: ○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh; • ○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcatriṃśati: ○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat
⋙ pañcatriṃśika: ○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb
⋙ pañcatrika: ○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh
⋙ pañcatva: ○tva n. fivefoldness; • the 5 elements BhP; • dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit; • cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c
⋙ pañcadaka: ○daka (?), m.pl. N. of a people MBh
⋙ pañcadaṇḍa: ○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad; • -cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1
⋙ pañcadaśa: ○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c; • + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr; • consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c; • containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br; • (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var; • N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2
⋙ pañcadaśa: ○daśa for ○śan in comp; • -karman n. N. of wk; • -kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy; • -cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS; • -dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column 2]; • -mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk; • -rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś; • -rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br; • -vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr; • -varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra; • -vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS; • -vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc; • N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr; • ○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS; • ○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83; • ○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323
⋙ pañcadaśan: ○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr; • instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c
⋙ pañcadaśama: ○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP
⋙ pañcadaśika: ○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb
⋙ pañcadaśin: ○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr
⋙ pañcadāman: ○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś
⋙ pañcadīrgha: ○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L
⋙ pañcadaivata: ○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp
⋙ pañcadaivatya: ○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat
⋙ pañcadrāviḍajāti: ○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)
⋙ pañcadrauṇika: ○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh
⋙ pañcadhanus: ○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP
⋙ pañcadhā: ○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c; • bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcadhāraṇaka: ○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh
⋙ pañcadhīva: ○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcanakha: ○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var; • m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R; • an elephant L; • a lion Gal; • a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.); • a tortoise L
⋙ pañcanada: ○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.); • N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP; • m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L; • m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.); • N. of an Asura Hariv; • of a teacher VāmP; • -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk; • -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above); • -māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcanalīya: ○nalīya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcanavata: ○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.); • + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7
⋙ pañcanavati: ○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.); • -tama mf(ī)n. 95th; • the 95th (ch. of R.)
⋙ pañcanātha: ○nātha m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ pañcanāman: ○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV; • ○mâvali f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcanāli: ○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh
⋙ pañcanidhana: ○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ pañcanimba: ○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L
⋙ pañcanirgranthīsūtra: ○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =
⋙ pañcanīrājana: ○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W
⋙ pañcapakṣin: ○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L; • ○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury
⋙ pañcapakṣī: ○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology; • -ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms
⋙ pañcapañcaka: ○pañcaka (R.),
⋙ pañcapañcan: ○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)
⋙ pañcapañcanakha: ○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W
⋙ pañcapañcāśa: ○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)
⋙ pañcapañcāśat: ○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c
⋙ pañcapañcin: ○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br
⋙ pañcapaṭala: ○paṭala m. or n
⋙ pañcapaṭalikā: ○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcapaṭu: ○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
⋙ pañcapattra: ○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R; • m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L
⋙ pañcapada: ○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr; • (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?); • 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123; • the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl; • acc. sg. du.), APrāt; • N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP; • ○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcapariṣad: ○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh
⋙ pañcaparṇikā: ○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L
⋙ pañcaparṇī: ○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L
⋙ pañcaparva: ○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcaparvata: ○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L
⋙ pañcaparvan: ○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R; • m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś; • ○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column 3]
⋙ pañcapala: ○pala (Yājñ.),
⋙ pañcapalika: ○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas; • ○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās
⋙ pañcapallava: ○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara; • or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L; • or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)
⋙ pañcapaśu: ○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr; • mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait
⋙ pañcapātra: ○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi; • n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L
⋙ pañcapāda: ○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV; • (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis
⋙ pañcapādikā: ○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk; • -ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms
⋙ pañcapitta: ○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L
⋙ pañcapura: ○pura n. N. of a city Śukas
⋙ pañcapurāṇīya: ○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227
⋙ pañcapuruṣam: ○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcapuṣpamaya: ○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās
⋙ pañcapūlī: ○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat
⋙ pañcaprakaraṇa: ○prakaraṇa n
⋙ pañcaprakaraṇī: ○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcaprayāga: ○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367
⋙ pañcaprayoga: ○prayoga m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaprastha: ○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP
⋙ pañcapraharaṇa: ○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib
⋙ pañcaprāṇa: ○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body); • ○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk
⋙ pañcaprādeśa: ○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr
⋙ pañcaprāsāda: ○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W
⋙ pañcaphuṭṭika: ○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās
⋙ pañcabaddha: ○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv
⋙ pañcabandha: ○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ
⋙ pañcabandhura: ○bandhura See -vandh○
⋙ pañcabala: ○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50
⋙ pañcabalā: ○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L
⋙ pañcabāṇa: ○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c; • vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcabāṇī: ○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish
⋙ pañcabāhu: ○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv
⋙ pañcabinduprasṛta: ○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś
⋙ pañcabila: ○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr
⋙ pañcabīja: ○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed; • or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari; • or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L
⋙ pañcabodha: ○bodha m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcabrahmamantra: ○brahma-mantra m
⋙ pañcabrahmavidyopaniṣad: ○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcabrahmopaniṣad: ○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcabhaṅga: ○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat
⋙ pañcabhaṭṭīya: ○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcabhadra: ○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar; • consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS; • vicious L; • m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv; • n. a partic. mixture Bhpr
⋙ pañcabhāra: ○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs
⋙ pañcabhāṣāmaṇi: ○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcabhuja: ○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal; • m. N. of Ganêśa Gal; • a pentagon W
⋙ pañcabhūta: ○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap; • -parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW; • -vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks; • ○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr
⋙ pañcabhūryābhimukhā: ○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ
⋙ pañcabhṛṅga: ○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L
⋙ pañcabhautika: ○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○
⋙ pañcamakāra: ○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine; • māṃsa, meat; • matsya, fish; • mudrā, intertwining of the fingers; • and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)
⋙ pañcamantratanu: ○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad
⋙ pañcamaya: ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP
⋙ pañcamahākalpa: ○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338
⋙ pañcamahāpātakin: ○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW
⋙ pañcamahābhūtamaya: ○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column 1]
⋙ pañcamahāyajña: ○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W; • -vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcamahiṣa: ○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr
⋙ pañcamāṣaka: ○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1
⋙ pañcamāṣika: ○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1
⋙ pañcamāsya: ○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr
⋙ pañcamithyātvaṭīkā: ○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcamukha: ○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp; • m. N. of Śiva L; • a lion L; • an arrow with 5 points R; • (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L
⋙ pañcamudrā: ○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W
⋙ pañcamuṣṭi: ○muṣṭ˘i f. Trigonella Corniculata L
⋙ pañcamuṣṭika: ○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr
⋙ pañcamūtra: ○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L
⋙ pañcamūrti: ○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat
⋙ pañcamūrtika: ○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat
⋙ pañcamūla: ○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās; • n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass; • other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c
⋙ pañcameni: ○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr
⋙ pañcayakṣā: ○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh
⋙ pañcayajña: ○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña); • -paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW
⋙ pañcayāma: ○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV; • N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP
⋙ pañcayuga: ○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh
⋙ pañcayojana: ○yojaná n. (AV.),
⋙ pañcayojanī: ○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas
⋙ pañcarakṣaka: ○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L
⋙ pañcarakṣā: ○rakṣā f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaratna: ○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat; • or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.); • N. of sev. wks; • pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW; • -kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks; • -maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat; • -mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras
⋙ pañcaraśmi: ○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV
⋙ pañcarasā: ○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L
⋙ pañcarājīphala: ○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
⋙ pañcarātra: ○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
⋙ pañcarātraka: ○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c; • (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.); • m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS; • N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c; • dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcarātrika: ○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○
⋙ pañcarāśika: ○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers; • n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col
⋙ pañcarudra: ○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcarūpakośa: ○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcarca: ○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses; • m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ
⋙ pañcalakṣaṇa: ○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races); • n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W; • -vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcalakṣaṇī: ○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)
⋙ pañcalambaka: ○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv
⋙ pañcalavaṇa: ○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr
⋙ pañcalāṅgala: ○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.); • -dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaloha: ○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L
⋙ pañcalohaka: ○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L
⋙ pañcavaktra: ○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R; • m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas; • of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh; • a lion L; • (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat; • -rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr; • -stotra n. N. of a Stotra
⋙ pañcavaṭa: ○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L; • N. of a man Rājat; • (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column 2]; • (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh; • ○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcavadanastotra: ○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)
⋙ pañcavandhura: ○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)
⋙ pañcavarga: ○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27; • the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154; • the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.); • mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr
⋙ pañcavarṇa: ○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?); • fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat; • m. N. of a mountain Hariv; • of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)
⋙ pañcavardhana: ○vardhana m. a species of plant L
⋙ pañcavarṣa: ○varṣa (KātyŚr.),
⋙ pañcavarṣeka: ○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old; • ○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old
⋙ pañcavarṣikamaha: ○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L
⋙ pañcavarṣiya: ○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr
⋙ pañcavali: ○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr
⋙ pañcavalkala: ○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa; • but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar
⋙ pañcavallabhā: ○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal
⋙ pañcavastu: ○vastu n. (?), N. of wk
⋙ pañcavātīya: ○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr
⋙ pañcavāda: ○vāda m. N. of wk; • -kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcavārṣika: ○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years; • n. and
⋙ pañcamaha: ○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L
⋙ pañcavāhin: ○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV
⋙ pañcaviṃśa: ○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c; • containing or consisting of 25 ib; • representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr; • m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr; • N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP; • -brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr
⋙ pañcaviṃśaka: ○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP; • consisting of 25 L; • (with vayasā) 25 years old R
⋙ pañcaviṃśat: ○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat
⋙ pañcaviṃśati: ○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr; • a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā; • See vetāla-); • -gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap; • -tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh; • -rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr; • -sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L
⋙ pañcaviṃśatika: ○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205; • n. the number 25 MBh; • (ā), f. See -viṃśati
⋙ pañcavikrama: ○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP
⋙ pañcavigrāham: ○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr
⋙ pañcavijaya: ○vijaya m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcavidha: ○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr; • -nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcavidheya: ○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra
⋙ pañcavīragoṣṭha: ○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś
⋙ pañcavṛkṣa: ○vṛkṣa n. sg. or m.pl. 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW
⋙ pañcavṛt: ○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times
⋙ pañcavṛtam: ○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times
⋙ pañcaśata: ○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP; • (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ; • fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn; • the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh; • n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh; • (ī), f. 500 Kathās; • a period of 500 years Vajracch; • N. of wk; • -tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.); • ○tīprabandha m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaśatika: ○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat
⋙ pañcaśara: ○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.); • -nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcaśarāva: ○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim
⋙ pañcaśala: ○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV
⋙ pañcaśas: ○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP
⋙ pañcaśasya: ○śasya See -sasya
⋙ pañcaśākha: ○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R; • m. the hand Dhūrtan
⋙ pañcaśāradīya: ○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS
⋙ pañcaśāstra: ○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)
⋙ pañcaśikha: ○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.); • m. a lion L; • N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c; • of an attendant of Śiva Kathās; • of a Gandharva L
⋙ pañcaśikhin: ○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś
⋙ pañcaśirīṣa: ○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column 3]
⋙ pañcaśila: ○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat
⋙ pañcaśīrṣa: ○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib; • m. N. of a mountain Buddh
⋙ pañcaśīla: ○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126
⋙ pañcaśukla: ○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr
⋙ pañcaśūraṇa: ○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L
⋙ pañcaśairīṣaka: ○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L
⋙ pañcaśaila: ○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP
⋙ pañcaślokī: ○ślokī f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaṣa: ○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv
⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭa: ○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ pañcaṣaṣṭi: ○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.); • -tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcasaṃskāra: ○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk; • -prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
⋙ pañcasattra: ○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat
⋙ pañcasaṃdhi: ○saṃdhi m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcasapta: ○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP
⋙ pañcasaptata: ○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ pañcasaptati: ○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.); • -tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcasamāsīya: ○samāsīya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcasavana: ○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr
⋙ pañcasasya: ○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L
⋙ pañcasahasrī: ○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās
⋙ pañcasāṃvatsarika: ○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcasāmaka: ○sāmaka
⋙ pañcasāyaka: ○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks
⋙ pañcasāra: ○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr; • n. (?) N. of wk
⋙ pañcasiddhānta: ○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)
⋙ pañcasiddhāntikā: ○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)
⋙ pañcasiddhauṣadhika: ○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L
⋙ pañcasiddhanṣadhī: ○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib
⋙ pañcasugandhaka: ○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L
⋙ pañcasūkta: ○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk
⋙ pañcasūtra: ○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk
⋙ pañcasūnā: ○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418
⋙ pañcaskandha: ○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī; • -vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
⋙ pañcaskandhaka: ○skandhaka n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaskandhī: ○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh
⋙ pañcastava: ○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),
⋙ pañcastavī: ○stavī f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcasmṛti: ○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk
⋙ pañcasrotas: ○srotas n. = manas Nīlak
⋙ pañcasvarā: ○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination; • -nirṇaya m. N. of Comm; • ○rêdaya m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcasvastyayana: ○svastyayana n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcahavis: ○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ pañcahasta: ○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP; • of a place Rājat
⋙ pañcahāyana: ○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP
⋙ pañcahāva: ○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)
⋙ pañcahotṛ: ○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1; • m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS
⋙ pañcahotra: ○hotra See -hāva
⋙ pañcahradatīrtha: ○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP
⋙ pañcāṃśa: pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var
⋙ pañcākṣa: pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv
⋙ pañcākṣara: pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c; • m. N. of a poet; • (ī), f. See s.v; • -kalpa m. N. of wk; • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat; • -mākātmya n. N. of wk; • -śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy
⋙ pañcākṣarī: pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh; • -yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcākhyāna: pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.); • -varttika n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcāgni: pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W; • mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās; • maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c; • acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W; • -ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr; • -tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās; • -vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.); • -sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas); • ○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch
⋙ pañcāṅga: pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column 1]; • any aggregate of 5 parts ib; • mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.); • having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.); • m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra); • (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr; • a kind of bandage Suśr; • n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L; • -kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks; • -gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○); • -tattva n. N. of wk; • -pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above); • -phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks; • -viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv; • -śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW; • -śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks; • ○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7; • ○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcāṅguri: pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV
⋙ pañcāṅgula: pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers; • m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr; • (ī), f. a species of shrub L
⋙ pañcāṅguli: pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ; • having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W
⋙ pañcāja: pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)
⋙ pañcātapā: pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)
⋙ pañcātmaka: pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcādhyāyī: pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks
⋙ pañcānana: pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L; • m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79); • a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○); • N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar; • N. of an author and other men; • (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat; • -deśa m. N. of a place Cat
⋙ pañcānandamāhātmya: pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcānugāna: pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ pañcāpañcīnā: pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS
⋙ pañcāpūpa: pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV
⋙ pañcāpsaras: pañcâpsaras (R.),
⋙ pañcāpsarasa: pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)
⋙ pañcābjamaṇḍala: pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras
⋙ pañcābdakhya: pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134
⋙ pañcāmṛta: pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat; • the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2; • mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L; • n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W; • N. of a Tantra; • ○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcāmla: pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr
⋙ pañcāyatana: pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416; • -paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcāyudha: pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcāra: páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV
⋙ pañcārcis: pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP
⋙ pañcārtha: pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad; • -bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk
⋙ pañcārṣeya: pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch
⋙ pañcāvaṭa: pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v
⋙ pañcāvatta: pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr; • n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas; • ○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch; • ○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr
⋙ pañcāvadāna: pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ
⋙ pañcāvayava: pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts; • (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas
⋙ pañcāvaraṇastotra: pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
⋙ pañcāvarta: pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp
⋙ pañcāvastha: pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal
⋙ pañcāvika: pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),
⋙ pañcāśīta: pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
⋙ pañcāśīti: pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.); • N. of wk; • -tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
⋙ pañcāśra: pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat
⋙ pañcāsva: pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column 2]
⋙ pañcāsuvandhura: pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP
⋙ pañcāstikāya: pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk; • -bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks
⋙ pañcāsya: pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh; • m. a lion Kāv; • N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar
⋙ pañcāha: pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās; • (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days; • m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS
⋙ pañcāhika: pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcedhmīya: pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast
⋙ pañcendra: pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch; • -kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW; • ○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk
⋙ pañcendriya: pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W; • pl. N. of a tale; • mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh
⋙ pañceṣu: pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv
⋙ pañcopacāraka: pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân
⋙ pañcopākhyāna: pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra; • -saṃgraha m. N. of wk
⋙ pañcaudana: pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV
≫ pañcaka: pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below); • bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch; • (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ; • taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat; • m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n; • g. ardharcâdi); • a partic. caste VP; • N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh; • of a son of Nahusha VP; • pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam; • (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.); • N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch; • n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c; • a field of battle L; • -mālā f. a kind of metre L; • -māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat; • -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks; • -śata n. 5 percent Bijag; • -śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks; • ○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.); • ○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk
≫ pañcat: pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60
≫ pañcataya: pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap; • Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)
≫ pañcatha: pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha; • Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578, 2] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]
≫ pañcathu: pañcathu m. time L; • the Koil or Indian cuckoo L
≫ pañcan: páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers; • nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]; • instr. ○cábhis; • dat. abl. ○cábhyas; • loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]; • gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan; • Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578, 2] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]
≫ pañcanī: pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L
≫ pañcama: pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49); • forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c; • = rucira or dakṣa L; • m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh; • -rāga Gīt; • the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP; • the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch; • N. of a Muni Cat; • (ī), f. See below; • n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49); • copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas; • cf. pañca-tattva); • (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125
⋙ pañcamabhāgīya: ○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas
⋙ pañcamarāga: ○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt
⋙ pañcamavat: ○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch
⋙ pañcamavilāsa: ○vilāsa m
⋙ pañcamasārasaṃhitā: ○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcamasvara: ○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann
⋙ pañcamāra: pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr; • N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2
⋙ pañcamāsya: pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L
≫ pañcamaka: pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column 3]
≫ pañcamin: pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130
≫ pañcamī: pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c; • the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c; • a termination of the imperative Kāt; • (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā; • a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb; • = pañcanī L; • N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5; • cf. pāñcāli) L; • of a river MBh. VP
⋙ pañcamīkalpa: ○kalpa m
⋙ pañcamīkramakalpalatā: ○krama-kalpa-latā f
⋙ pañcamīvarivasyārahasya: ○varivasyā-rahasya n
⋙ pañcamīsādhana: ○sādhana n
⋙ pañcamīsudhodaya: ○sudhôdaya m
⋙ pañcamīstava: ○stava m
⋙ pañcamīstavarāja: ○stava-rāja m. N. of wks
≫ pañcārī: pañcārī f. = pañcanī L
≫ pañcāśa: pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.); • + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150; • Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)
≫ pañcāśaka: pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur; • (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○); • N. of sev. wks
≫ pañcāśac: pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat
⋙ pañcāśacchas: ○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ
≫ pañcāśat: pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ; • cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata; • Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]
⋙ pañcāśattama: ○tama mf(ī)n. the [578, 3] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.); • -vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pañcāśatpaṇika: ○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ
⋙ pañcāśatpalika: ○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat
: pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk
≫ pañcāśata: pañcāśata n. (MBh.),
⋙ pañcāśati: pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty
≫ pañcāśatka: pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām
≫ pañcāśad: pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat
⋙ pañcāśadgāthā: ○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk
⋙ pañcāśaddhā: ○dhā ind. in fifty parts R
⋙ pañcāśadbhāga: ○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130
⋙ pañcāśadvarṣa: ○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr
≫ pañcāśā: pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)
≫ pañci: pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP
≫ pañcika: pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas; • (ā), f. See under pañcaka
≫ pañcin: pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy
≫ pañcī: pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can
⋙ pañcīkaraṇa: ○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas; • N. of sev. wks; • -tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks
⋙ pañcīkṛta: ○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas; • -ṭīkā f. N. of wk
pañcāla: pañcālá m.pl. (fr. pañcan; • cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-); • of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt; • (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L; • a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○); • N. of Śiva ib; • of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv; • of a serpent-demon L; • a partic. venomous insect MW; • n. (?) N. of a metre Col; • (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād; • a style of singing L; • a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W
⋙ pañcālacaṇḍa: ○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr
⋙ pañcālapadavṛtti: ○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L
⋙ pañcālarāja: ○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW
⋙ pañcālarājan: ○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW
≫ pañcālaka: pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○); • m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP; • (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr; • (ikā), f. a doll L; • a style of singing L
pañci: pañci m. N. of a man VP
pañchihila: pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr
pañj: pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2
pañjala: pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L
pañji: pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L; • (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L
⋙ pañjikāraka: pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L
⋙ pañjīkara: pañjī-kara m. id. L
≫ pañjikā: pañjikā f. = [paJj˘I] L; • a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○); • a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L; • the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L
⋙ pañjikākāraka: ○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe; • an almanacmaker
⋙ pañjikāpradīpa: ○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column 1]
paṭ: paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9; • to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72; • to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar; • cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane; • cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5; • pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79; • ○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr
≫ paṭa: paṭa m. (n. L; • ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-); • a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād; • monastic habit Kāraṇḍ; • a kind of bird Lalit; • Buchanania Latifolia L; • = puras-kṛta L; • (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar; • the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī); • n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L
⋙ paṭakāra: ○kāra m. a weaver; • a painter L
⋙ paṭakuṭī: ○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paṭagata: ○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh
⋙ paṭacaura: ○caura m. a cloth-stealer L
⋙ paṭabhedana: ○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L
⋙ paṭamaṇḍapa: ○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh
⋙ paṭamaya: ○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth; • n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24
⋙ paṭavardhana: ○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat
⋙ paṭavādya: ○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal
⋙ paṭavāpa: ○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1
⋙ paṭavāsa: ○vāsa m. a tent L. -2
⋙ paṭavāsa: ○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3
⋙ paṭavāsa: ○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv
⋙ paṭavāsaka: ○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib; • N. of a serpent-demon MBh
⋙ paṭavāsinī: ○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L
⋙ paṭaveśman: ○veśman n. a tent Śiś
⋙ paṭaśātaka: ○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L
⋙ paṭākṣepa: paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa; • cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)
⋙ paṭāñcala: paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm
⋙ paṭānta: paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv
⋙ paṭāntaram: paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)
⋙ paṭāntare: paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)
⋙ paṭīkṣepa: paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain; • ○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar
⋙ paṭoṭaja: paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom; • a tent; • sunshine (?)
⋙ paṭottarīya: paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch
⋙ paṭauka: paṭâuka prob. = next; • -śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
⋙ paṭaukas: paṭâukas n. a tent L
≫ paṭaka: paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L; • a camp, encampment L; • the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)
≫ paṭara: paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV; • (ī), f. g. gaurâdi; • (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala); • N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)
≫ paṭaraka: paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L
≫ paṭala: paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var; • a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā); • a basket, chest, box Bālar; • a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c; • n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ; • a chip, piece, portion Kād; • a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.); • n. train, retinue L; • a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L; • m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above); • mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L
⋙ paṭalaprānta: ○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L
⋙ paṭalāṃśuka: paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh
⋙ paṭalānta: paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L
≫ paṭalaka: paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād; • a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās; • (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac; • heap, mass, multitude Kāv
≫ paṭi: paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa); • = vāguli L; • a species of plant L
≫ paṭikā: paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl
⋙ paṭikāvetravānavikalpa: ○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)
paṭaccara: paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras'); • pl. N. of a people MBh; • n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar
paṭat: paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L
paṭatkakantha: paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi
paṭapaṭā: paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū; • and as) L
≫ paṭapaṭāya: paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L
paṭabhākṣa: paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)
paṭaha: paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √dā, or Caus. of √dā or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column 2]; • m. beginning L; • hurting L
⋙ paṭahaghoṣaka: ○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās
⋙ paṭahaghoṣaṇā: ○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √dā &c. as above) ib
⋙ paṭahatā: ○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh
⋙ paṭahadhvani: ○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum; • mfn. sounding like a drum MW
⋙ paṭahaprodghoṣaṇa: ○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās
⋙ paṭahabhramaṇa: ○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās
⋙ paṭahaśabda: ○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc
⋙ paṭahānantara: paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās
⋙ paṭahīvādaka: paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad
paṭāka: paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○); • (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)
paṭālukā: paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)
paṭi: paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1
paṭiman: paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below
paṭisa: paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa
paṭīra: paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr; • a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L; • the god of love L; • n. (only L.) Catechu; • the belly; • a sieve; • a radish; • a field; • a cloud; • bamboo manna; • height; • catarrh; • = haraṇīya
⋙ paṭīramāruta: ○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar
paṭu: paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c; • smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib; • great or strong in, fit for, able to; • capable of (loc. or comp.) ib; • saline (cf. tri-); • cruel, hard L; • healthy L; • eloquent L. (cf. vāk-); • clear, manifest L; • m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L; • Momordica Charantia L; • Nigella Indica L; • a kind of perfume L; • a species of camphor L; • N. of a man Pravar; • of a poet Cat; • (pl.) of a people MārkP; • of a caste VP; • m. n. a mushroom L; • n. salt, pulverized salt L
⋙ paṭukaraṇa: ○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML
⋙ paṭukalpa: ○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
⋙ paṭughaṇṭā: ○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh
⋙ paṭujātīya: ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)
⋙ paṭutara: ○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv; • -gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr; • -vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit; • -viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ
⋙ paṭutā: ○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā
⋙ paṭutṛṇaka: ○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L
⋙ paṭutva: ○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit
⋙ paṭudeśīya: ○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
⋙ paṭudeśya: ○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
⋙ paṭupattrikā: ○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L
⋙ paṭuparṇikā: ○parṇikā f. a species of plant L
⋙ paṭuparṇī: ○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L
⋙ paṭumat: ○mat m. N. of a prince VP
⋙ paṭumati: ○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv
⋙ paṭumitra: ○mitra m. N. of a prince VP
⋙ paṭurūpa: ○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)
≫ paṭiman: paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)
≫ paṭiṣṭha: paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)
≫ paṭīyas: paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever; • also = prec; • very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59
≫ paṭuka: paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
≫ paṭūkṛ: paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam
paṭuśa: paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
paṭusa: paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)
paṭola: paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca; • n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc; • a kind of cloth L; • (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L
≫ paṭolaka: paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L; • (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)
paṭaura: paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV
paṭṭa: paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh; • (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-); • the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c; • a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr; • a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column 3]; • VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā); • cloth (= paṭa); • coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.); • an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ; • a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L; • Corchorus Olitorius W; • = vidūṣaka Gal; • N. of sev. men Rājat; • (ī), f. a forehead ornament L; • a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L; • a species of Lodhra L; • a city, town (cf. -nivasana)
⋙ paṭṭakarman: ○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc; • ○ma-kara m. a weaver ib
⋙ paṭṭakila: ○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet
⋙ paṭṭaja: ○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh
⋙ paṭṭatalpa: ○talpa m. a silken bed Vet
⋙ paṭṭadevī: ○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat
⋙ paṭṭadola: ○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27
⋙ paṭṭanivasana: ○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś
⋙ paṭṭabandha: ○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L
⋙ paṭṭabandhana: ○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L
⋙ paṭṭamahādevī: ○mahādevī or f. = -devii L
⋙ paṭṭamahiṣī: ○mahiṣī f. = -devii L
⋙ paṭṭaraṅga: ○raṅga
⋙ paṭṭarañjaka: ○rañjaka
⋙ paṭṭarañjana: ○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L
⋙ paṭṭarañjanaka: ○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L
⋙ paṭṭarāga: ○rāga m. sandal L
⋙ paṭṭarājñī: ○rājñī f. = -devii L
⋙ paṭṭalakṣaṇa: ○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix
⋙ paṭṭavastra: ○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr; • mfn. = next
⋙ paṭṭavāsas: ○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh
⋙ paṭṭavāsitā: ○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L
⋙ paṭṭaśāka: ○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L
⋙ paṭṭaśāṭaka: ○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L
⋙ paṭṭaśālā: ○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat
⋙ paṭṭasūtra: ○sūtra n. a silk thread; • -kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col; • -maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat
⋙ paṭṭastha: ○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv
⋙ paṭṭāṃśuka: paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)
⋙ paṭṭābhirāma: paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat; • -tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks
⋙ paṭṭābhiṣeka: paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ paṭṭārohā: paṭṭârohā f. = next W
⋙ paṭṭārhā: paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii
⋙ paṭṭāvali: paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks
⋙ paṭṭeśvaramāhātmya: paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP
⋙ paṭṭopadhāna: paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād
⋙ paṭṭopādhyāya: paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat
⋙ paṭṭolikā: paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L
≫ paṭṭaka: paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās; • a bandage, girdle Hcat; • (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch; • a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP; • cloth, wove silk; • a species of Lodhra L; • N. of a woman L; • n. a document on a plate Rājat; • a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr
≫ paṭṭāya: paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād
≫ paṭṭi 1: paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi
⋙ paṭṭikāra: ○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L
⋙ paṭṭilodhra: ○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L
⋙ paṭṭilodhraka: ○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L
≫ paṭṭikā: paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v
⋙ paṭṭikākhya: ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr
⋙ paṭṭikālodhra: ○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib
⋙ paṭṭikāvāpaka: ○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for
⋙ paṭṭikāvāyaka: ○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R
⋙ paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpa: ○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)
≫ paṭṭin: paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr
≫ paṭṭila: paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L
paṭṭana: paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana); • (ī), f. id. L
paṭṭalā: paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)
paṭṭava: paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)
paṭṭāra: paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi
paṭṭi 2: paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)
paṭṭikā: paṭṭikā See above
paṭṭiśa: paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)
≫ paṭṭiśin: paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv
paṭṭubhaṭṭa: paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column 1]
paṭṭeraka: paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L
paṭh: paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c; • pf. papāṭha ib; • aor. [ap˘AThIt] Gr; • fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib; • ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c; • to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv; • to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit; • to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr; • to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch; • fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās; • Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52); • to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās; • to read or study diligently Var
≫ paṭha: paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.); • N. of a serpent-demon MBh
⋙ paṭhamañjarī: ○mañjarī
⋙ paṭhasamañjarī: ○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs
⋙ paṭhahaṃsikā: ○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga
≫ paṭhaka: paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter
≫ paṭhana: paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat
⋙ paṭhanādhinātha: paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat
≫ paṭhanīya: paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch
≫ paṭhi: paṭhi f. = paṭhana L
≫ paṭhita: paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
⋙ paṭhitatva: ○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat
⋙ paṭhitasiddha: ○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās; • -sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk
⋙ paṭhitāṅga: paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP
≫ paṭhitavya: paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP
⋙ paṭhitavyatva: ○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch
≫ paṭhiti: paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat
≫ paṭhitṛ: paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W
paṭharvan: páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV
paḍ: paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v
⋙ paḍgṛbhi: ○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV
⋙ paḍbīśa: ○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),
⋙ paḍvīśa: ○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
⋙ paḍviṃśa: ○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse; • (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]
paṇ: paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti; • pf. peṇe Gr; • aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ; • fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14; • to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh; • to negotiate, bargain Āpast; • to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ; • Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.); • to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh; • to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)
≫ paṇa: paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen; • loc. or ifc; • paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet; • paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c; • a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit; • the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās; • a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ; • a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.); • a commodity for sale L; • price L; • wealth, property L; • business L; • a publican or distiller L; • a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L
⋙ paṇakāla: ○kāla m. time for playing MBh
⋙ paṇakriyā: ○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar
⋙ paṇakrīta: ○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat
⋙ paṇagranthi: ○granthi m. a fair, market L
⋙ paṇatā: ○tā f
⋙ paṇatva: ○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake; • price, value W
⋙ paṇadhā: ○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)
⋙ paṇabandha: ○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh; • a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś
⋙ paṇasundarī: ○sundarī (HPariś.),
⋙ paṇastrī: ○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot
⋙ paṇāṅganā: paṇâṅganā f. id. L
⋙ paṇārdha: paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv
⋙ paṇārpaṇa: paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W
⋙ paṇārha: paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW
⋙ paṇāsthi: paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]
⋙ sthika: sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column 2]
≫ paṇana: páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr; • sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L; • betting W
≫ paṇanīya: paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW
≫ paṇayitṛ: paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm
≫ paṇasa: paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L; • Artocarpus Integrifolia L
≫ paṇāya: paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L
≫ paṇāya: paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te); • to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās
≫ paṇāyā: paṇāyā f. business, transaction L; • a market-place W
≫ paṇāyita: paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W
≫ paṇāyitṛ: paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm
≫ paṇāyya: paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr
≫ paṇi: paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV; • N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr; • a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP; • a market L
≫ paṇika: paṇika See pañcāśat-p○
≫ paṇita: paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L; • betted, staked MBh; • one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225; • n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh
≫ paṇitavya: paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101; • to be praised W
≫ paṇitṛ: paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish
≫ paṇin: paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)
≫ paṇīkṛ: paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)
≫ paṇya: paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr; • to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.); • to be transacted L; • (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L; • n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c; • trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-); • a booth, shop Daś
⋙ paṇyakambala: ○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ paṇyajana: ○jana m. a trader Var
⋙ paṇyatā: ○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv
⋙ paṇyadāsī: ○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś
⋙ paṇyaṃdha: ○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)
⋙ paṇyapati: ○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R
⋙ paṇyapariṇītā: ○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv
⋙ paṇyaphalatva: ○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W
⋙ paṇyabhūta: ○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch
⋙ paṇyabhumi: ○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr
⋙ paṇyamūlya: ○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W
⋙ paṇyayoṣit: ○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn
⋙ paṇyavat: ○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R
⋙ paṇyavarcas: ○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78
⋙ paṇyavikraya: ○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car; • -śālā f. a market-place, bazar L; • ○yin m. a trader, merchant R
⋙ paṇyavilāsinī: ○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās; • Unguis Odoratus L
⋙ paṇyavīthikā: ○vīthikā (L.),
⋙ paṇyavīthī: ○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market
⋙ paṇyaśālā: ○śālā f. a bazar or shop L
⋙ paṇyastrī: ○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat
⋙ paṇyahoma: ○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ
⋙ paṇyāṅganā: paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās
⋙ paṇyājira: paṇyâjira n. a market L
⋙ paṇyājīva: paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L; • n. (also -ka) a market W
⋙ paṇyāndhā: paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)
⋙ paṇyārha: paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W
paṇaphara: paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var
paṇava: paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.); • a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○); • N. of a prince VP
≫ paṇavin: paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh
paṇḍ: paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29; • cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop; • cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)
≫ paṇḍa: paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa); • (ā), f. See below
⋙ paṇḍāpūrva: paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L
≫ paṇḍaka: páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.); • m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa
≫ paṇḍaga: páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column 3]
≫ paṇḍā: paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)
⋙ paṇḍāvat: ○vat m. a learned man L
≫ paṇḍita: paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp; • Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c; • m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c; • N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh; • of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv; • incense L
⋙ paṇḍitakarabhiṇḍipāla: ○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitajātīya: ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)
⋙ paṇḍitatā: ○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),
⋙ paṇḍitatva: ○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill
⋙ paṇḍitaparitoṣa: ○paritoṣa m. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitapīḍāviśārada: ○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas
⋙ paṇḍitapraśnottara: ○praśnôttara n. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitamānika: ○mānika (MBh.),
⋙ paṇḍitamānin: ○mānin (ib. R.),
⋙ paṇḍitammanya: ○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),
⋙ paṇḍitammanyamāna: ○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person
⋙ paṇḍitarāja: ○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar; • (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600); • of another man BhP; • -kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks
⋙ paṇḍitavādin: ○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW
⋙ paṇḍitavaidya: ○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitaśaśin: ○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitaśiromaṇi: ○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat
⋙ paṇḍitaśrīvara: ○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib
⋙ paṇḍitasabhā: ○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW
⋙ paṇḍitasarvasva: ○sarvasva n. N. of wk
⋙ paṇḍitasūri: ○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitasvāmin: ○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ paṇḍitāhlādinī: paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk
≫ paṇḍitaka: paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh; • m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib
≫ paṇḍitāya: paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi
≫ paṇḍitiman: paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi
≫ paṇḍu: paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next
≫ paṇḍra: paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)
⋙ paṇḍraka: paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)
paṇḍālu: paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh
pat 1: pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV; • to partake of, share in (loc.) ib; • to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]
pat 2: pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te; • pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr; • paptivás RV; • papatyāt AV; • aor. apaptat RV; • Pass. apāti Br; • fut. patiṣ-yáti AV; • ○te, patitā MBh; • Cond. apatiṣyat Br; • inf. patitum ib. &c. &c; • ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br; • -pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c; • to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'; • with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c; • to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c; • to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c; • to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit; • to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS; • to speed (trans; • cf. patayát); • ○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7; • pātáyati (ep. also ○te; • aor. apīpatat AV; • Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c; • to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr; • (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch; • to cut off (a head) Hariv; • to knock out (teeth) BhP; • to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv; • to kindle (fire) Pañc; • to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās; • to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R; • to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ; • to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173; • to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās; • (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr; • to subtract Jyot. Sch; • (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat; • Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580, 3]
≫ pat 3: pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc; • cf. akṣi-pát)
≫ pata: pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)
⋙ pataga: ○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c; • the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh; • N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv; • -pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column 1]; • -pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R; • -rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP; • -vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R; • ○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.); • ○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23
≫ pataṃ: pataṃ acc. of pata in comp
⋙ pataṃga: ○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4; • any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.); • a horse Naigh. i, 14; • the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c; • N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP; • a ball for playing with BhP; • a spark (Sāy; • 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2; • a species of rice Car; • of tree L; • 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP; • N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr; • of a mountain BhP; • = -grāma Rājat; • (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP; • (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv; • (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP; • m. or n. quicksilver L; • n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr; • -kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16; • -grāma m. N. of a village Rājat; • -rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc; • -vat, ind, like a moth Kum; • -vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv; • mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc; • ○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh
⋙ pataṃgaka: ○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur; • (ikā), f. a little bird MBh; • a little bee L
⋙ pataṃgama: ○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP; • a bird L
⋙ pataṃgara: ○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2
⋙ pataṃgin: ○gin m. a bird; • (nī f.) a female bird Hariv
≫ pataka: pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c; • m. an astronomical table W
≫ patat: patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c; • m. a bird Āpast. Kāv
⋙ patatpataṃga: ○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12
⋙ patatprakarṣa: ○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c
≫ patatra: pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c; • a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)
≫ patatri 1: patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh; • N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ; • N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
≫ patatri 2: patatri in comp. for ○trin
⋙ patatriketana: ○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv
⋙ patatrirāj: ○rāj (BhP.),
⋙ patatrirāja: ○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),
⋙ patatrivara: ○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa
≫ patatrin: patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c; • m. a bird AV. &c. &c; • a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36; • an arrow MBh. iii, 16430; • a partic. fire TS; • n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4
≫ patad: patad in comp. for ○tat
⋙ patadgraha: ○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms; • a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.); • the rear of an army L
⋙ patadbhīru: ○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L
≫ patana: patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150; • m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh; • (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c; • setting (as the sun) MBh; • going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61; • hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ; • fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv; • loss of caste, apostacy Pur; • (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var; • (in arithm.) subtraction Col; • (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W
⋙ patanadharmin: ○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr
⋙ patanasīla: ○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv
≫ patanīya: patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste; • n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ
≫ patantaka: patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid
≫ patama: patama m. a bird L; • a grasshopper L; • the moon L. (cf. patasa)
≫ patayālu: patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)
≫ patayiṣṇu: patayiṣṇú (RV.),
⋙ patayiṣṇuka: patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id
≫ patara: patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV
⋙ pataru: patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV
≫ patasa: patasa m. = patama L
≫ patāka: patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr; • a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○); • (ā), f. See next
≫ patākā: patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column 2]; • a flag-staff L; • a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.); • (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar; • good fortune, auspiciousness L; • N. of wk
⋙ patākāṃśuka: ○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās
⋙ patākādaṇḍa: ○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh
⋙ patākādhvajamālin: ○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib
⋙ patākāsthāna: ○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch
⋙ patākāsthānaka: ○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch
⋙ patākocchrāyavat: patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh
≫ patākāya: patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac
≫ patākika: patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L
≫ patākin: patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c; • (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh; • m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib; • a flag Hariv; • a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4; • a figure used in divination L; • N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh; • (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī); • N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP
≫ patāpata: patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)
≫ patita: patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c; • (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.); • (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv; • fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c; • fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās; • happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas; • n. flying MBh
⋙ patitagarbhā: ○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW
⋙ patitatyāgavidhi: ○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk
⋙ patitamūrdhaja: ○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh
⋙ patitavṛtta: ○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv
⋙ patitasāvitrīka: ○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)
⋙ patitasthita: ○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās
⋙ patitānna: patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213
⋙ patitekṣita: patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W
⋙ patitotthita: patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv; • fallen out and grown again; • -danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch
⋙ patitotpanna: patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W
≫ patitavya: patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688
≫ patiṣṭha: pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV
≫ patīyas: pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr
≫ patera: patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59; • a bird L; • a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L
≫ pattra: páttra n. (and m. Śātkat; • ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c; • the feather of an arrow R. Ragh; • a bird L; • any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv; • a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c; • the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30; • Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr; • a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper; • a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.); • any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa); • the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-); • a knife, dagger L; • = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581, 2] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]
⋙ pattrakartarī: ○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm
⋙ pattrakāhalā: ○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L
⋙ pattrakṛcchra: ○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)
⋙ pattrakaumudī: ○kaumudī f. N. of wk
⋙ pattragupta: ○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○); • Asteracantha Longifolia L
⋙ pattraghanā: ○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L
⋙ pattracārikā: ○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv
⋙ pattracchaṭā: ○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish
⋙ pattraccheda: ○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm; • -bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)
⋙ pattracchedaka: ○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L
⋙ pattracchedya: ○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)
⋙ pattrajhaṃkāra: ○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L
⋙ pattrataṇḍulā: ○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L; • a woman L
⋙ pattrataru: ○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column 3]
⋙ pattradāraka: ○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L
⋙ pattradevī: ○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity
⋙ pattradhārā: ○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak
⋙ pattranāḍikā: ○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L
⋙ pattranāmaka: ○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr
⋙ pattranyāsa: ○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L
⋙ pattrapati: ○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73
⋙ pattraparaśu: ○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L
⋙ pattraparśu: ○parśu m. a fine file or saw L
⋙ pattrapāka: ○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L
⋙ pattrapāṭha: ○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW
⋙ pattrapāla: ○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L; • (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L
⋙ pattrapāśyā: ○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L
⋙ pattrapiśācikā: ○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L
⋙ pattrapuṭa: ○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),
⋙ pattrapuṭikā: ○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled
⋙ pattrapuṣpa: ○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil; • (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L
⋙ pattrapuṣpaka: ○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L
⋙ pattraprakāśa: ○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables
⋙ pattrabandha: ○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L
⋙ pattrabāla: ○bāla m. an oar L
⋙ pattrabhaṅga: ○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),
⋙ pattrabhaṅgi: ○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances
⋙ pattrabhaṅgī: ○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances
⋙ pattrabhadrā: ○bhadrā f. a species of plant L
⋙ pattramañjarī: ○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L
⋙ pattramāla: ○māla m. Calamus Rotang L
⋙ pattramūlaka: ○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi
⋙ pattrayauvana: ○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W
⋙ pattrarañjana: ○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW
⋙ pattraratha: ○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c; • -śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv; • ○thêndra m. id. BhP; • (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.); • ○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
⋙ pattrarekhā: ○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh
⋙ pattralatā: ○latā f. id. Kād; • a long knife or dagger L; • N. of a woman Hcar
⋙ pattralavaṇa: ○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr
⋙ pattralekhā: ○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv; • N. of a woman Kathās
⋙ pattravallarī: ○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L
⋙ pattravalli: ○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59); • N. of 2 kinds of creeper L
⋙ pattravāja: ○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv
⋙ pattravāha: ○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73; • an arrow ib. xx, 25; • a letter-carrier, postman L
⋙ pattraviśeṣaka: ○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh
⋙ pattravṛścika: ○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr
⋙ pattraveṣṭa: ○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh
⋙ pattraśabara: ○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L
⋙ pattraśāka: ○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?); • -tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132
⋙ pattraśṛṅgī: ○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
⋙ pattraśreṇī: ○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
⋙ pattraśreṣṭha: ○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L
⋙ pattrasaṃskāra: ○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra
⋙ pattrasirā: ○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L
⋙ pattrasundara: ○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L
⋙ pattrasūci: ○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L
⋙ pattrahasta: ○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak
⋙ pattrahima: ○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L
⋙ pattrākhya: pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L
⋙ pattrāṅga: pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders; • Caesalpinia Sappan; • Betula Bhojpatra; • = padmaka L
⋙ pattrāṅgulī: pattrâṅgul˘ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L
⋙ pattrāñjana: pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L
⋙ pattrāḍhya: pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal; • n. the √of long pepper L; • a species of grass L; • Caesalpinia Sappan L
⋙ pattrāmlā: pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L
⋙ pattrārūḍha: pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak
⋙ pattrālī: pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L
⋙ pattrāli: pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L
⋙ pattrāvalambana: pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk
⋙ pattrāvali: pattrâvali f. red chalk L; • ([l˘I]), a row of leaves L; • = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ; • (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW
⋙ pattrāsura: pattrâsura m. N. of a man L
⋙ pattrāhāra: pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW
⋙ pattreśvaratīrtha: pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP
⋙ pattropaskara: pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L
⋙ pattrorṇa: pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L; • pl. N. of a people MBh; • wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var; • or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)
⋙ pattrollāsa: pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L
≫ pattraka: pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c; • m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-); • Achyranthes Triandra L; • (ikā), f. See below; • n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr; • = pattra-bhaṅga L
≫ pattraṇā: pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column 1]
≫ pattraya: pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id; • ○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv
≫ pattrala: pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi); • n. thin sour milk L
≫ pattrāya: pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav
≫ pattri: pattri in comp. = ○trin
⋙ pattrivāha: ○vāha m. a bird L
≫ pattrika: pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś
≫ pattrikā: pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc; • a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś; • N. of wk
⋙ pattrikākhya: ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L
⋙ pattrikāpraveśa: ○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW
≫ pattrin: pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c; • m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid; • an arrow MBh. Hariv; • a mountain L; • possessing a carriage or driving in one L; • a chariot L; • a tree L; • the wine-palm L; • a species of Achyranthes L; • a species of creeper and other plants L; • (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L
≫ patman: pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh
≫ patmin: patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ
≫ patya: patya n. falling ( See garta-)
≫ patvan: pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś; • n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)
≫ patsala: patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch
pata 2: pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L
patañcala: patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar
patañcikā: patañcikā f. a bow-string L
patañjala: patañjala m. N. of a man; • pl. his family, g. upakâdi
patañjali: patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?; • Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya); • of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy); • of a physician &c
⋙ patañjalikāvya: ○kāvya n
⋙ patañjalicarita: ○carita n
⋙ patañjaliyoga: ○yoga m
⋙ patañjalisūtra: ○sūtra n. N. of wks
pati 1: páti m. (cf. √1. vat; • when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya; • dat. pátye; • gen. abl. pátyur; • loc. pátyau; • but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions; • Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c; • a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24; • when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68); • one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89; • a √L; • f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch; • a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582, 1] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']
⋙ patiṃvarā: ○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat
⋙ patikāma: ○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr
⋙ patikhecara: ○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')
⋙ patigaṇitaṭīkā: ○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl
⋙ patighātinī: ○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var
⋙ patighna: ○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS; • ○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch; • ○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W
⋙ patijuṣṭā: ○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV
⋙ patitva: ○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage
⋙ patitvana: ○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage
⋙ patidarśanalālasa: ○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal
⋙ patidevatā: ○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),
⋙ patidevā: ○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others
⋙ patidviṣ: ○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV
⋙ patidharma: ○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh; • -vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib
⋙ patiprāṇā: ○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit
⋙ patimatī: ○matī f. having a husband, married BhP; • having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat
⋙ patiyāna: ○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh
⋙ patirip: ○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV
⋙ patilaṅghana: ○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)
⋙ patilālasa: ○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal
⋙ patiloka: ○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c
⋙ pativaṃsya: ○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L
⋙ pativatī: ○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column 2]
⋙ pativatnī: ○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās; • Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman
⋙ pativayas: ○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast
⋙ patividya: ○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11
⋙ pativedana: ○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17; • m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1; • n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2
⋙ pativrata: ○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R; • -guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh
⋙ pativratā: ○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c; • -tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās; • -"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap; • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar; • -māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks
⋙ patiśuc: ○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar
⋙ patiśoka: ○śoka m. id; • ○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal
: patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk
⋙ patisevā: ○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67
≫ patīya 1: patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr; • to become strong ŚBr; • to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ; • to take as husband Pañcad
≫ patīya 2: patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr
≫ patnī: pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c; • a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.); • (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582, 2]
⋙ patnīkarman: ○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr
⋙ patnītva: ○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP
⋙ patnīmantra: ○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait
⋙ patnīyūpa: ○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr
⋙ patnīvat: ○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr
⋙ patnīśāla: ○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh
⋙ patnīśālā: ○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh
⋙ patnīsaṃyāja: ○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS
⋙ patnīsaṃyājana: ○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr
⋙ patnīsaṃnahana: ○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib; • the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch
⋙ patnyāṭa: patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L
≫ patnīka: patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)
patkāṣin: pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1
pattaṅga: pattaṅga m. (n. L; • fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr; • n. Caesalpina Sappan L
pattana: pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP; • (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L; • n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)
⋙ pattanavaṇij: ○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L
⋙ pattanādhipati: pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh
pattaraṅga: pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L
pattalaka: pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP
pattalā: pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr
pattalī: pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr
pattave: páttave See √2. pat, p. 580
pattas: pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1
pattūra: pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr; • n. red sandal Bhpr
pattorṇa: pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L
pattra: pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2
pattraṅga: pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581
pattrāṇya: pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L
patni: patni for patnī, See above
path: path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move; • to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)
≫ patha: patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin; • cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)
⋙ pathakalpanā: ○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L
⋙ pathadarśaka: ○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW
⋙ pathasundara: ○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)
⋙ pathātithi: pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat
⋙ patheṣṭhā: pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV
⋙ pathopadeśaka: pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)
≫ pathaka: pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L; • m. or n. a district, canton L
≫ pathat: pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling; • m. a road L. [Page 582, Column 3]
≫ pathanvat: páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)
≫ pathi 1: pathi for pathin in comp
⋙ pathikāra: ○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi
⋙ pathikṛt: ○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS; • m. N. of Agni TS
⋙ pathideya: ○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L
⋙ pathidruma: ○druma m. Acacia Catechu L
⋙ pathipā: ○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS
⋙ pathiprajña: ○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W
⋙ pathipriya: ○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch
⋙ pathimat: ○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br
⋙ pathimadhye: ○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW
⋙ pathirakṣas: ○rákṣas (VS.),
⋙ pathirakṣi: ○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́
≫ pathi 2: pathi loc. of pathin in comp
⋙ pathivāhaka: ○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L; • m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L
⋙ pathiṣad: ○ṣad (PārGṛ.),
⋙ pathiṣadi: ○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way
⋙ pathiṣṭhā: ○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),
⋙ pathistha: ○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going
⋙ pathyaśana: pathy-aśana n
⋙ pathyodana: pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv
≫ pathika: pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W; • m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c; • (ā), f. red grapes L
⋙ pathikajana: ○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2
⋙ pathikasaṃhati: ○saṃhati and f. (L.),
⋙ pathikasaṃtati: ○saṃtati f. (L.),
⋙ pathikasārtha: ○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan
⋙ pathikāśraya: pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW
≫ pathikāya: pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh
≫ pathin: pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā; • middle pathí; • weak path; • sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]; • pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí; • du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós; • pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV; • patháyas Br.]; • pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]; • pathíbhis, ○bhyas; • pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]; • pathíṣu; • Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig; • panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to; • pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c; • range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.); • sect, doctrine L; • a division of hell Mn. iv, 90; • N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan; • Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582, 3] [pat˘i]]
≫ pathila: pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58
≫ pathī: pathī See ā-pathī
≫ pathya: pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig; • esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c; • containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid; • m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L; • N. of a teacher of AV; • (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br; • Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L; • N. of sev. metres Nid. Col; • N. of a woman Kathās; • n. a species of salt L
⋙ pathyaśāka: ○śāka m. a species of vegetable L
⋙ pathyāpathya: pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W; • m. or n. N. of wk; • -nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks
⋙ pathyāśin: pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W
pad 1: pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop
pad 2: pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh; • Pot. padyām R; • Impv. patsva MBh; • pf. papāda RV; • pede Br; • aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]; • apatsi, patthās AV; • Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV; • fut. patsyati Br; • ○te Up; • pattā Gr; • inf. páttave RV; • ○tos, ○tum Br; • -pádas RV; • ind. p. -pádya ib; • -pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br; • to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br; • Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.); • padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv; • panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84
≫ pac: pac in comp. for 3. pad
⋙ pacchabda: ○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L
⋙ pacchas: ○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp; • -chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait
⋙ pacchauca: ○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ
≫ paj: paj in comp. for 3. pad
⋙ pajja: ○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column 1]
≫ pat 4: pat in comp. for 3. pad
⋙ patkāṣin: ○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot; • m. a footman, foot-soldier')
⋙ pattas: ○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1); • -to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr
⋙ patsaṅgin: ○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV
⋙ patsukha: ○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv
≫ patti 1: patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L
≫ patti 2: pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.); • a hero L; • (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu); • f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers; • according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh
⋙ pattikarman: ○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW
⋙ pattikāya: ○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L
⋙ pattikāra: ○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○
⋙ pattigaṇaka: ○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L
⋙ pattipaṅkti: ○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W
⋙ pattisaṃhati: ○saṃhati f. (L.),
⋙ pattisainya: ○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry
≫ pattika: pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv
≫ pattin: pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib
≫ patsutas: patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6
⋙ patsutaḥśī: patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8
≫ pad 3: pád m. (in strong cases pā́d; • ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c; • ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'; • cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī); • a step R; • a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada; • Gk. ? ; [583, 1] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]
⋙ padanuṣaṅga: ○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)
⋙ padāsa: ○āsa
⋙ padāsana: ○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada
⋙ padga: ○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian; • m. a foot-soldier L
⋙ padghoṣa: ○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV
⋙ paddhaḍī: ○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)
⋙ paddhati: ○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi); • sign, token Jātakam; • N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks; • a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L; • -candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks
⋙ paddhima: ○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54
⋙ padratha: ○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP
⋙ padvat: ○vát mfn. having feet, running; • n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV
⋙ padāvihāra: padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv
≫ pada: padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride; • a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot; • pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion; • trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky; • RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 19], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'; • sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality; • padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on; • padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter; • with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome; • with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind; • with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon; • with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal; • padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in); • a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur; • a footing, standpoint; • position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position; • padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place); • a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c; • a pretext L; • a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-); • a square on a chess-board R; • a plot of ground Inscr; • the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr; • a ray of light (m. L.); • a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c; • a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column 2]; • = pada-pāṭha Prāt; • common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat; • any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required; • a period in an arithmetical progression Col; • a square √Sūryas; • a quadrant ib; • protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583, 2] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]
⋙ padakamala: ○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L
⋙ padakāra: ○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh
⋙ padakārikāratnamālā: ○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk
⋙ padakāla: ○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy
⋙ padakṛt: ○kṛt m. = -kāra L
⋙ padakṛtya: ○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas
⋙ padakaumudī: ○kaumudī f. N. of wk
⋙ padakrama: ○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam); • a series of quarters of verses R; • a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama); • m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh; • -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk; • -vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv
⋙ padakramaka: ○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch
⋙ padaga: ○ga mfn. going on foot; • m. a footman, foot-soldier L
⋙ padagata: ○gata mfn. gone on foot; • described or recorded in a line or stanza W
⋙ padagati: ○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc
⋙ padagāḍha: ○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk
⋙ padagotra: ○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)
⋙ padaghātam: ○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37
⋙ padacaturūrdhva: ○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col
⋙ padacandrikā: ○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks
⋙ padacihna: ○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh
⋙ padacyuta: ○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP
⋙ padajāta: ○jāta n. a class of words Prāt; • a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L
⋙ padajñā: ○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV
⋙ padajyotis: ○jyotis n. N. of wk
⋙ padatā: ○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt; • = next Śiś
⋙ padatva: ○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch
⋙ padatvarā: ○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L
⋙ padadārḍhya: ○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt
⋙ padadīpikā: ○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks
⋙ padadevatā: ○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)
⋙ padadyotinī: ○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt
⋙ padanidhana: ○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy
⋙ padanī: ○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13
⋙ padanyāsa: ○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c; • position of the feet in a partic. attitude W; • conduct, procedure (?), id; • writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv; • Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L
⋙ padapaṅkaja: ○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L
⋙ padapaṅkti: ○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc; • a series of words Kir; • a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt; • a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr
⋙ padapañcaka: ○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk
⋙ padapaddhati: ○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R
⋙ padapadma: ○padma n. = -kamala L
⋙ padapāṭha: ○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi; • cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch
⋙ padapāta: ○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W
⋙ padapūraṇa: ○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir; • n. the action of completing a verse L
⋙ padabandha: ○bandha m. a footstep, pace L
⋙ padabhañjana: ○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L
⋙ padabhañjikā: ○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L; • a register, journal, calendar or almanac W
⋙ padabhāvārthacandrikā: ○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk
⋙ padabhraṃśa: ○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar
⋙ padamañjarī: ○mañjarī f. N. of various wks
⋙ padamālā: ○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP
⋙ padayojana: ○yojana n
⋙ padayojanā: ○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks
⋙ padayojanikā: ○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks
⋙ padayopana: ○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV
⋙ padaracanā: ○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām
⋙ padaratnāvalī: ○ratnâvalī f
⋙ padavākyaratnākara: ○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m
⋙ padavākyārthapañjikā: ○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks
⋙ padavādya: ○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum
⋙ padavāya: ○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV
⋙ padavi: ○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L
⋙ padavikṣepa: ○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking; • a horse's paces W
⋙ padavigraha: ○vigraha (Hariv.),
⋙ padaviccheda: ○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words
⋙ padavid: ○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)
⋙ padavirāma: ○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt
⋙ padaviṣṭambha: ○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W
⋙ padavī: ○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column 3]; • f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range; • acc. with √gam, yā &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-; • padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c; • station, situation, place, site R. Pañc; • -"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)
⋙ padavṛtti: ○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt; • N. of Comm. on Kpr
⋙ padavedin: ○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm
⋙ padavyākhyāna: ○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi
⋙ padaśabda: ○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm
⋙ padaśas: ○śas ind. step by step, gradually R; • word by word, APrāt. Sch
⋙ padaśāstra: ○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch
⋙ padaśreni: ○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās
⋙ padaṣṭhīva: ○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77
⋙ padasaṃhitā: ○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt
⋙ padasaṃghāṭa: ○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat
⋙ padasaṃghāta: ○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt; • a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W
⋙ padasadhātu: ○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy
⋙ padasaṃdarbha: ○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
⋙ padasaṃdhi: ○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R
⋙ padasamaya: ○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch
⋙ padasamūha: ○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch; • = -pāṭha VPrāt
⋙ padastobha: ○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr; • N. of wk
⋙ padastha: ○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R; • = -sthita MBh. R
⋙ padasthāna: ○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv
⋙ padasthita: ○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās
⋙ padākrānta: padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak
⋙ padāghāta: padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L
⋙ padāṅka: padâṅka m. footmark; • -dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem
⋙ padāṅgī: padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L
⋙ padāṅguṣṭha: padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)
⋙ padaji: padáji
⋙ padāti: padâti &c., See sv
⋙ padādi: padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt; • ○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L
⋙ padādhyayana: padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt; • ○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib
⋙ padādhyāhāravāda: padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk
⋙ padānuga: padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.); • suitable, agreeable to R
⋙ padānurāga: padânurāga m. a servant; • an army W
⋙ padānuśāsana: padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L
⋙ padānuṣaṅga: padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)
⋙ padānusāra: padânusāra m. following at one's heels; • ○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm
⋙ padānusvāra: padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch
⋙ padānta: padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy; • the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ; • mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9; • -śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr; • ○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final
⋙ padāntara: padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○); • another word Vedântas
⋙ padānveṣin: padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś
⋙ padābja: padâbja n. = pada-kamala L
⋙ padābhilāṣin: padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW
⋙ padābhihoma: padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait
⋙ padāmnāyasiddhi: padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk
⋙ padāmbhoja: padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L
⋙ padāyata: padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L; • (ā), f. a shoe L
⋙ padāravinda: padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L
⋙ padārtha: padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.); • that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur; • a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas); • a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins); • a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119); • -kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column 1]; • ○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○); • ○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks
⋙ padāvagrāham: padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait
⋙ padāvalī: padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt; • N. of a grammar
⋙ padāvṛtti: padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt; • (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd
⋙ padāsa: padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
⋙ padāsana: padâsana n. a footstool L
⋙ padāhata: padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW
⋙ padaikadeśa: padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch
⋙ padoccaya: padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh
⋙ padopahata: padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52
≫ padaka: padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi); • m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L; • N. of a man; • pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi; • n. a step, pace MBh; • an office, dignity Rājat; • a foot BhP; • (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○
≫ padana: padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)
≫ padanīya: padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)
≫ padāji: padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L
≫ padāta: padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta
≫ padāti: padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot; • m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c; • a peon (in chess) Pañcad; • N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh
⋙ padātijana: ○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh; • -saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib
⋙ padātimātra: ○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW
⋙ padātilava: ○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)
⋙ padātyadhyakṣa: padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R
≫ padātika: padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L
⋙ padātin: padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh; • going or being on foot; • m. a foot-soldier MBh. R
⋙ tīya: tīya m. = prec. m. MBh
≫ padāra: padāra m. the dust of the feet L; • a boat L
≫ padālika: padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)
≫ padi: pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh; • = gantu Nir. v, 18)
≫ padika: padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi; • one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch; • comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat; • n. the point of the foot L
≫ padibaddha: padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS
≫ padīkṛ: padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch; • -kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib
≫ paduka: paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ paduma: paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP
≫ padeka: padeka m. a hawk, falcon L
≫ padya: pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh; • hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch; • marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch; • measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals; • cf. ardha-, daśa-); • consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt; • consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch; • forming the end, final, APrāt; • m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja); • a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt; • (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV; • a way, path, road L; • a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr; • n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c; • N. of sev. hymns
⋙ padyakādambarī: ○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra
⋙ padyatrayīvyākhyāna: ○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)
⋙ padyapañjāśikā: ○pañjāśikā f
⋙ padyaprasūnāñjali: ○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks
⋙ padyamaya: ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh
⋙ padyamālā: ○mālā f
⋙ padyamuktāvalī: ○muktâvalī f
⋙ padyaracanā: ○racanā f
⋙ padyaveṇī: ○veṇī f
⋙ padyaśataka: ○śataka n
⋙ padyasaṃgraha: ○saṃgraha m. N. of wks
⋙ padyatmikopaniṣad: padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
⋙ padyāmṛta: padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry; • -taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks
⋙ padyālaya: padyâlaya m
⋙ padyāvali: padyâvali f. N. of wks
≫ padra: padra
⋙ padva: padva See p. 585, col. 2
≫ padvan: padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112
≫ pan 1: pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad
⋙ pannaddhā: ○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś
⋙ pannaddhrī: ○naddhrī id. L
⋙ panniṣka: ○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L
⋙ pannejana: ○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column 2]; • (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS
⋙ panmiśra: ○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56
≫ panna: panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c; • m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch
⋙ pannaga: ○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c; • Cerasus Puddum L; • (ī), f. See below; • -kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L; • -nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv; • -purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L; • -bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh; • -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv; • -rāja m. serpent-king MBh; • -"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv; • of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP; • -"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L; • -gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh
⋙ pannagī: ○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c; • a kind of shrub L; • -gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar
⋙ pannada: ○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch
⋙ pannarūpa: ○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car; • ○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib
⋙ pannāgāra: pannâgāra m. N. of a man; • pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch
padma: padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening; • often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā); • the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.); • a partic. mark or mole on the human body R; • red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L; • a partic. part of a column or pillar Var; • a kind of temple ib; • an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh; • a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana); • a kind of coitus L; • one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R; • one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c; • a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c; • a partic. constellation Var; • N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh; • a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka); • the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L; • a species of bdellium L; • lead L; • m. a species of plant L; • an elephant L; • a species of serpent Suśr; • N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr; • of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c; • of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh; • of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1; • (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas; • N. of a king MBh; • of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple; • See padma-svāmin) Rājat; • of another man ib; • of a Brāhman Lalit; • of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma); • of a monkey R; • of a mountain Var; • (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī); • a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.); • cloves L; • the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L; • N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L; • of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru; • cf. padma-priyā) L; • of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur; • mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr
⋙ padmakandāda: ○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal
⋙ padmakara: ○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP; • mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab; • m. N. of the sun W; • (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP
⋙ padmakarkaṭī: ○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L
⋙ padmakarṇika: ○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
⋙ padmakarṇikā: ○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh; • (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
⋙ padmakalikā: ○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW
⋙ padmakalyāṇakhaṇḍa: ○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur
⋙ padmakāṣṭha: ○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L
⋙ padmakīṭa: ○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr
⋙ padmakuṇḍa: ○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat
⋙ padmakuṭa: ○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās; • n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv
⋙ padmaketana: ○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
⋙ padmaketu: ○ketu m. a partic. comet Var
⋙ padmakesara: ○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L
⋙ padmakośa: ○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar; • ○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.); • a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat; • N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)
⋙ padmakṣetra: ○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L
⋙ padmakhaṇḍa: ○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column 3]; • N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P; • -nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
⋙ padmagandha: ○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L
⋙ padmagandhi: ○gandhi mfn. id. R; • n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr
⋙ padmagarbha: ○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41; • 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.); • of Vishṇu Hariv; • of Śiva Śivag; • of the sun L; • of a lake Hit; • of a Buddha Lalit; • of a Bodhisattva L; • of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv
⋙ padmagiripurāṇa: ○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend
⋙ padmagupta: ○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat
⋙ padmagṛhā: ○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh
⋙ padmacaraṇa: ○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat
⋙ padmacāriṇī: ○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr; • a partic. personification MānGṛ
⋙ padmaja: ○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP
⋙ padmajātaka: ○jātaka n. N. of wk
⋙ padmajāti: ○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv
⋙ padmatantu: ○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L
⋙ padmatā: ○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd
⋙ padmadarśana: ○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L; • N. of a man Kathās
⋙ padmadalekṣaṇa: ○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch
⋙ padmadhara: ○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab
⋙ padmanandi: ○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
⋙ padmanandin: ○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
⋙ padmanābha: ○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R; • N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var; • a magical formula spoken over weapons R; • N. of a serpent-demon MBh; • of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib; • of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L; • of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr; • -dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat; • -bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col
⋙ padmanābhi: ○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)
⋙ padmanāla: ○nāla m. a lotus stalk L
⋙ padmanidhi: ○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc
⋙ padmanibhekṣaṇa: ○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
⋙ padmanimīlana: ○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak
⋙ padmanetra: ○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal; • N. of a future Buddha L
⋙ padmapaṇḍita: ○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ padmapattra: ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.); • = -parṇa Bhpr
⋙ padmapada: ○pada m. = -pāda Cat
⋙ padmaparṇa: ○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
⋙ padmapāṇi: ○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L; • of Vishṇu Cat; • of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c; • the sun L
⋙ padmapāda: ○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma); • -rahasya n. N. of wk; • ○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
⋙ padmapura: ○pura n. N. of a city Rājat
⋙ padmapurāṇa: ○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas
⋙ padmapuṣpa: ○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L; • a species of bird L; • ○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
⋙ padmaprabha: ○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha; • of a Deva-putra Lalit; • of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L; • (with sūri) of an author Cat; • (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās
⋙ padmaprabhu: ○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ padmapriyā: ○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L
⋙ padmabandha: ○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr
⋙ padmabandhu: ○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L; • a bee L; • -kula n. N. of a family Cat
⋙ padmabīja: ○bīja n. lotus-seed L; • ○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L
⋙ padmabhava: ○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP
⋙ padmabhāśa: ○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha; • cf. -hāsa)
⋙ padmabhū: ○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan
⋙ padmamaya: ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP
⋙ padmamālin: ○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded; • m. N. of a Rakshas R; • (nī), f. N. of Śrī MBh
⋙ padmamihira: ○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat
⋙ padmamukhī: ○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L
⋙ padmamūla: ○mūla n. lotus-√L
⋙ padmayoni: ○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.); • of a Buddha Lalit; • of sev. men, APariś. Lalit
⋙ padmarati: ○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās
⋙ padmaratna: ○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L
⋙ padmaratha: ○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś
⋙ padmarāga: ○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat; • ○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ); • (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās
⋙ padmarāja: ○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat; • of a poet Cat
⋙ padmarūpa: ○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued; • (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh
⋙ padmarekhā: ○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L
⋙ padmalāñchana: ○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king; • N. of Brahmā; • of Kubera, the sun; • (ā), f. N. of Śrī; • of Sarasvatī; • of Tārā
⋙ padmalīlāvilāsinī: ○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column 1]
⋙ padmalekhā: ○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat
⋙ padmalocana: ○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh
⋙ padmavat: ○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv; • (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī); • of a town BhP
⋙ padmavanabāndhava: ○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu); • -vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar
⋙ padmavarcas: ○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R
⋙ padmavarṇa: ○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv; • m. N. of a son of Yadu ib
⋙ padmavarṇaka: ○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
⋙ padmavāsā: ○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L
⋙ padmavāhinī: ○vāhinī f. N. of wk
⋙ padmaviṣaya: ○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās
⋙ padmavṛkṣa: ○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L
⋙ padmavṛṣabhavikrāmin: ○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L
⋙ padmaveṣa: ○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās
⋙ padmavyākośa: ○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13
⋙ padmavyūha: ○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L
⋙ padmaśas: ○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh
⋙ padmaśāyinī: ○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal
⋙ padmaśekhara: ○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās
⋙ padmaśrī: ○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ; • of a Bodhi-sattva; • f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś; • of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat; • -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva
⋙ padmaṣaṇḍa: ○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)
⋙ padmasaṃhitā: ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk
⋙ padmasaṃkāśa: ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW
⋙ padmasadman: ○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar
⋙ padmasamāsana: ○samāsana m. id. VP
⋙ padmasambhava: ○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv; • N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c
⋙ padmasaras: ○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc
⋙ padmasundara: ○sundara m. N. of an author Cat
⋙ padmasūtra: ○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv
⋙ padmasena: ○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās; • (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś
⋙ padmasaugandhika: ○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R; • mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c; • -vat mfn. id. MBh
⋙ padmasnuṣā: ○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā; • of Śrī; • of Durgā
⋙ padmasvastika: ○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW
⋙ padmasvāmin: ○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat
⋙ padmahasta: ○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP
⋙ padmahāsa: ○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)
⋙ padmahemamaṇi: ○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat
⋙ padmākara: padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās; • -deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat
⋙ padmākāra: padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW
⋙ padmākṣa: padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id; • n. lotus-seed W
⋙ padmāṅkamudrā: padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ
⋙ padmāṅghri: padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat
⋙ padmācala: padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R
⋙ padmācārya: padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
⋙ padmāṭa: padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr
⋙ padmādi: padmâdi a lotus-flower &c; • -tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95
⋙ padmādhīśa: padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain
⋙ padmānanda: padmânanda m. N. of a poet; • -śataka n. his wk
⋙ padmāntara: padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW
⋙ padmālaṃkārā: padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
⋙ padmālaya: padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh; • (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv; • n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
⋙ padmāvatī: padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L; • a kind of Prākṛit metre Col; • N. of Lakshmī Gīt; • of the goddess Manasā L; • of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh; • of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs; • of a Jaina deity L; • of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv; • of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat; • of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt; • of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet; • of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib; • of a poetess Cat; • of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās; • of another city. VP; • of a river L; • of Kathās. xvii; • -kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks; • -priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L
⋙ padmāvabhāsa: padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ
⋙ padmāvali: padmâvali f. N. of wk
⋙ padmāsana: padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum; • a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240); • a kind of coitus L; • mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.); • m. N. of Brahmā VP; • of Śiva Śivag; • the sun L; • (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
⋙ padmāhvaya: padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr
⋙ padmāhvā: padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L
⋙ padmeśaya: padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv
⋙ padmottama: padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ; • of a partic. world ib; • of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib
⋙ padmottara: padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L; • N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1; • of the father of Padma L; • ○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain; • ○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column 2]
⋙ padmotpalakumudvat: padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP
⋙ padmodbhava: padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh; • m. N. of Brahmā ib; • of a man Daś; • (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L; • -prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP
⋙ padmopaniṣad: padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up; • -dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it
≫ padmaka: padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L; • the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c; • m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh; • a species of tree R. (B.); • N. of a partic. constellation Hcat; • of sev. men Rājat; • n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas; • Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
≫ padmakin: padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L
≫ padmāya: padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd
≫ padmāvata: padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv
≫ padmin: padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh; • possessing lotuses L; • m. an elephant L; • (nī), f. See next
≫ padminī: padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn; • cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.); • a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi); • a lotus-stalk L; • a female elephant L; • a partic. magical art MārkP; • an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389; • N. of sev. women Siṃhâs
⋙ padminīkaṇṭaka: ○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr
⋙ padminīkānta: ○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L
⋙ padminīkhaṇḍa: ○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc; • N. of a city Siṃhâs
⋙ padminīpattra: ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R
⋙ padminīvallabha: ○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)
⋙ padminīśa: ○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)
⋙ padminīṣaṇḍa: ○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
≫ padmiṣṭhā: padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās
padra: padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple'); • a road in a village L; • the earth L; • N. of a district L
padva: padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L; • a road L; • a car L; • mfn. See nisarga-padva
padvat: pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1
pan 2: pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV; • (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ; • paṇāya)
≫ panayāyya: panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV
≫ panasya: panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV
⋙ panasyu: panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib
≫ panāya: panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)
⋙ panāyya: paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr
≫ panita: panitá mfn. admired, praised RV
≫ panitṛ: panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib
≫ panipnat: pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib
≫ paniṣṭama: paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV
≫ paniṣṭi: pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib
≫ paniṣṭha: pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV
≫ panīyas: pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib
≫ panū: pan˘ū́ f. admiration ib
≫ panya: pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)
≫ panyas: pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib
panaka: panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl
panasa: panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c; • a thorn L; • a species of serpent Suśr; • N. of a monkey MBh. R; • (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr; • n. the bread-fruit ib
⋙ panasatālikā: ○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L
⋙ panasanālikā: ○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L
⋙ panasāsthi: panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr
≫ panasikā: panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column 3]
paniṣpada: paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV
panth: panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)
≫ panthaka: panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29; • m. N. of a Brāhman L
⋙ panthalikā: panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv
panthāna: panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)
pandara: pandara m. N. of a mountain VP
panna: panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2
pannaddhā: pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1
papasya: papasya v. l. for pampasya
papi: papí mfn. (√1. pā) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.); • m. the moon L
≫ papī: papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159
≫ papīti: papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. pā) mutual or reciprocal drinking W
papu: papu m. (√3. pā) a protector; • f. a nurse L
papuri: pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal; • abundant RV
≫ papri 1: pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc; • superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)
papṛkṣeṇya: papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?
papri 2: pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS
paphaka: paphaka m. N. of a man
⋙ paphakanaraka: ○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi
pabbeka: pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat
pamarā: pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L
pampasya: pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)
pampā: pampā f. (√1. pā? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c; • of a lake Ragh. Sch
⋙ pampāmāhātmya: ○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP
pamb: pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop
pay: pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3
paya 1: paya See kat-payá
paya 2: paya in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payaāhuti: ○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr
⋙ payopavasana: payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P
⋙ payoṣṇī: payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),
⋙ payoṣṇikā: payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain; • ○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L
≫ payaḥ: payaḥ in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payaḥkandā: ○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L
⋙ payaḥkṣīra: ○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L
⋙ payaḥpayoṣṇi: ○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh
⋙ payaḥpāna: ○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś
⋙ payaḥpāyikā: ○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś
⋙ payaḥpārāvara: ○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv
⋙ payaḥpūra: ○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv
⋙ payaḥpratibimba: ○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh
⋙ payaḥphenī: ○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L
⋙ payaḥsāman: ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
⋙ payaḥsphāti: ○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)
≫ payaś: payaś in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payaścaya: ○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L
≫ payas: páyas n. (√1. pī) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain; • semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c; • a species of Andropogon Bhpr; • N. of a Sāman ŚrS; • of a Virāj RPrāt; • night Naigh. i, 7
⋙ payaskaṃsa: ○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L
⋙ payaskarṇī: ○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)
⋙ payaskāma: ○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib
⋙ payaskāmya: ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat
⋙ payaskāra: ○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch
⋙ payaskumbha: ○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib
⋙ payaskuśā: ○kuśā f. ib
⋙ payaspa: ○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W; • night MW. [Page 586, Column 1]
⋙ payaspati: ○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ
⋙ payaspā: ○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV
⋙ payaspātra: ○pātra n. a milk-bowl L
⋙ payasvat: ○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen; • overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS; • (ī), f. the night L; • pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13
⋙ payasvala: ○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin); • m. a goat L
⋙ payasvin: ○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c; • (nī), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh; • a she-goat L; • a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi); • the night L; • N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L
≫ payasa: payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?); • n. water L
≫ payasiṣṭha: payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat
⋙ payiṣṭha: payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat
≫ payaska: payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L
≫ payasya 1: payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy; • m. a cat L; • N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh; • (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS; • N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L
≫ payasya 2: payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi); • Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat
≫ payāya: payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib
≫ payiṣṭha: payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above
≫ payo: payo in comp. for ○yas
⋙ payogaḍa: ○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L; • m. n. an island L
⋙ payograha: ○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr; • -samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk
⋙ payoghana: ○ghana m. water-lump, hail L
⋙ payojanman: ○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L
⋙ payoda: ○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv; • yielding water (as a cloud) Subh; • m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.); • N. of a son of Yadu Hariv; • (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
⋙ payoduh: ○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV
⋙ payodhara: ○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat; • (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c; • the √of Scirpus Kysoor L; • a species of sugar-cane L; • the cocoa-nut L; • a species of Cyperus L; • an amphibrach Col; • ○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh; • ○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv
⋙ payodhas: ○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud; • the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch
⋙ payodhā: ○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV
⋙ payodhārā: ○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch; • N. of a river Hariv
⋙ payodhi: ○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv; • -ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L
⋙ payodhika: ○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L
⋙ payodhra: ○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)
⋙ payonidhana: ○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
⋙ payonidhi: ○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv
⋙ payobhakṣa: ○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp
⋙ payobhṛt: ○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61
⋙ payomaya: ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās
⋙ payomānuṣī: ○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh
⋙ payomukha: ○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit
⋙ payomuc: ○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat; • m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv
⋙ payomṛtatīrtha: ○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat
⋙ payoraya: ○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP
⋙ payorāśi: ○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib; • N. of the number 4 L
⋙ payoruha: ○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L
⋙ payolatā: ○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L
⋙ payovāha: ○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat
⋙ payovidārikā: ○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L
⋙ payovṛdh: ○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV
⋙ payovrata: ○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP; • offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W; • (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr; • ○tá-tā f. ib
≫ payora: payora m. Acacia Catechu L
para 1: pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ; • abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt; • loc. párasmin, ○re; • nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas; • Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme; • previous (in time), former; • ancient, past; • later, future, next; • following, succeeding, subsequent; • final, last; • exceeding (in number or degree), more than; • better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc; • exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column 2]; • parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c; • strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib; • other than, different from (abl.) Prab; • left, remaining Kathās; • concerned or anxious for (loc.) R; • m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c; • a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ; • (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS; • N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br; • of another king MBh; • of a son of Samara Hariv; • (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib; • m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur; • (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās; • a species of plant L; • N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L; • a partic. measure of time Sāy; • N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā); • of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh; • highest point or degree ib; • final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram); • the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP; • N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh; • any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.); • the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull; • (in logic) genus; • existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W; • (am), ind. afterwards, later; • (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge; • astam-ayāt p○, after sunset; • mattaḥ p○, after me; • ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next; • itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now; • tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon; • nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c; • in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib; • rather, most willingly, by all means ib; • I will, so be it Divyâv; • at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib; • but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id; • yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate; • na-p○, not-but; • na paraṃ-api, not only-but also; • pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even; • na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib; • (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c; • thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c; • (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para; • Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586, 2] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]
⋙ parakathā: ○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ
⋙ parakaragata: ○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc
⋙ parakarman: ○karman n. service for another Kām; • ○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var
⋙ parakalatra: ○kalatra n. another's wife; • ○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W
⋙ parakāyapraveśana: ○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat
⋙ parakārya: ○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc
⋙ parakāla: ○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt
⋙ parakṛti: ○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull
⋙ parakṛtya: ○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv; • mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr; • -pakṣa m. the hostile party ib
⋙ parakrama: ○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt
⋙ parakrāthin: ○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh
⋙ parakrānti: ○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas
⋙ parakṣudrā: ○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)
⋙ parakṣetra: ○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn; • the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)
⋙ parakhātaka: ○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś
⋙ paragata: ○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh
⋙ paragāmin: ○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72
⋙ paraguṇa: ○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv; • mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R
⋙ paragṛhavāsa: ○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv
⋙ paragehav: ○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv
⋙ paragranthi: ○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L
⋙ paraglāni: ○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W
⋙ paracakra: ○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince'); • -sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP
⋙ paracittajñāna: ○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L
⋙ paracintā: ○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv
⋙ paracchanda: ○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.); • mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L
⋙ paracchidra: ○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv
⋙ paraja: ○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh; • coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column 3]
⋙ parajana: ○jana m. another person, a stranger; • (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9
⋙ parajanman: ○janman n. a future birth; • ○mika mfn. relating to it MW
⋙ parajāta: ○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')
⋙ parajñānamaya: ○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP
⋙ parataṅgaṇa: ○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh
⋙ paratattva: ○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks
⋙ paratantra: ○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr; • mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c; • n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh; • -dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam; • -haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up; • ○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull; • ceded, sold Kathās
⋙ paratama: ○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para
⋙ paratara: ○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para
⋙ paratarkaka: ○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var
⋙ paratarkuka: ○tarkuka m. a beggar Var
⋙ paratalpa: ○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast; • -gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib
⋙ paratas: ○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur; • farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there; • sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut; • sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c; • high above (in rank) Rājat; • (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c; • beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām; • otherwise, differently W; • ○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP; • -"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad
⋙ paratā: ○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat
⋙ paratāpana: ○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv
⋙ paratīrthika: ○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L
⋙ paratoṣayitṛ: ○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś
⋙ paratra: ○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c; • below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch; • -bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W
⋙ paratva: ○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c; • = -tā Kap; • -ratnâkara m. N. of wk
⋙ paradāra: ○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c; • adultery Gaut. xxii, 29; • -gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W; • -parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R
⋙ paraduḥkha: ○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W
⋙ paradūṣaṇa: ○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)
⋙ paradevatā: ○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch; • -stuti f. N. of a hymn
⋙ paradeśa: ○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc; • -sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W; • ○śin mfn. foreign, exotic; • m. a foreigner or a traveller ib
⋙ paradoṣa: ○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W; • -jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh
⋙ paradravya: ○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit; • ○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn
⋙ paradroha: ○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP; • -karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn; • ○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W
⋙ paradveṣin: ○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W
⋙ paradhana: ○dhana n. another's wealth VP; • ○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit
⋙ paradharma: ○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP; • another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap
⋙ paradhyāna: ○dhyāna n. intent meditation W
⋙ paranindā: ○nindā f. reviling others MW
⋙ paranipāta: ○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch
⋙ paranirmitavaśavartin: ○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)
⋙ paranirvāṇa: ○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad
⋙ paraṃtapa: ○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c; • m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv; • of a prince of Magadha Ragh
⋙ parapakṣa: ○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit; • N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)
⋙ parapatnī: ○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās
⋙ parapada: ○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān
⋙ paraparigraha: ○parigraha m. another's property Āpast; • another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43
⋙ paraparibhava: ○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch
⋙ paraparivāda: ○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc
⋙ parapāka: ○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c; • -nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column 1]; • -rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib; • -ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib; • ○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr
⋙ parapārabhūta: ○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP
⋙ parapiṇḍa: ○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26; • ○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L
⋙ parapuraṃjaya: ○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c; • m. N. of a king VP
⋙ parapurapraveśa: ○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch
⋙ parapuruṣa: ○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid; • 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L
⋙ parapuṣṭa: ○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L; • m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c; • (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var; • a harlot L; • a parasitical plant L; • N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās; • -maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar; • -mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L
⋙ parapūruṣa: ○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās
⋙ parapūrvatva: ○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9
⋙ parapūrvā: ○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163; • -pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166
⋙ parapauravatantava: ○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh
⋙ paraprakāśaka: ○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat
⋙ parapraṇava: ○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat
⋙ paraprayojana: ○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh
⋙ parapravādin: ○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv
⋙ parapreṣyatva: ○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78
⋙ parabala: ○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174
⋙ parabalīyas: ○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut
⋙ parabrahman: ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ; • N. of anUp; • ○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ parabhāga: ○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās; • good fortune, prosperity L; • the last part, remainder W
⋙ parabhāgya: ○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W; • ○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1
⋙ parabhāva: ○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2
⋙ parabhāva: ○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)
⋙ parabhāṣā: ○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L
⋙ parabhū: ○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks
⋙ parabhūta: ○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36
⋙ parabhūmi: ○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country; • -ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit
⋙ parabhūṣaṇa: ○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)
⋙ parabhṛt: ○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP; • m. a crow L. (cf. next)
⋙ parabhṛta: ○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv; • (ā), f. the female Kokila ib; • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād
⋙ parabhṛtikā: ○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav; • N. of a woman ib
⋙ parabhṛtya: ○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R
⋙ parabhedaka: ○bhedaka (W.),
⋙ parabhedana: ○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies
⋙ paramaṇi: ○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ
⋙ paramata: ○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W; • -kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat; • -khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks
⋙ paramada: ○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS
⋙ paramantra: ○mantra vḷ. for mātra
⋙ paramanthu: ○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)
⋙ paramanyu: ○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)
⋙ paramarma: ○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull; • -bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs
⋙ paramātra: ○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)
⋙ paramāra: ○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)
⋙ paramukhacapeṭikā: ○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk
⋙ paramṛtyu: ○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)
⋙ paramokṣanirāsakārikā: ○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk
⋙ parampara: ○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr; • (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt; • m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L; • a species of deer L; • -tas ind. successively continually, mutually W; • -bhojana n. eating continually L
⋙ paramparā: ○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c; • lineage, progeny L; • hurting, killing L; • -prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column 2]; • -vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L; • -sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch
⋙ paraparāka: ○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L
⋙ paraparita: ○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr
⋙ paraparīṇa: ○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ
⋙ parayuvatiga: ○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var
⋙ parayoṣit: ○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut
⋙ pararamaṇa: ○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc
⋙ pararāṣṭra: ○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153
⋙ pararūpa: ○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy
⋙ paraloka: ○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c; • -ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv; • -gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L; • -bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW; • -yāna n. = -gama ib; • -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh; • -vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum; • -sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr; • -hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1
⋙ paravat: ○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2
⋙ paravat: ○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid; • helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10; • -tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat
⋙ paravarga: ○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ
⋙ paravallabha: ○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ paravaśa: ○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit; • śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150
⋙ paravaśya: ○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa; • -tā f. R
⋙ paravastu: ○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat
⋙ paravācya: ○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh; • n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30
⋙ paravāṇi: ○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge; • a year; • N. of Kārttikeya's peacock
⋙ paravāda: ○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP; • objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak; • ○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr
⋙ paravāraṇa: ○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19
⋙ paravitta: ○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)
⋙ paravīrahan: ○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh
⋙ paraveśman: ○veśman n. another's house Var; • the dwelling of the Supreme L
⋙ paravyākṣepin: ○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar
⋙ paravyūhavināśana: ○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh
⋙ paravrata: ○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L
⋙ paraśakti: ○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
⋙ paraśarīrāveśa: ○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib
⋙ paraśāsana: ○śāsana n. the order of another MW
⋙ paraśiva: ○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat; • -mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra; • ○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author
⋙ paraśuci: ○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP
⋙ paraśrī: ○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs
⋙ paraśvas: ○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)
⋙ parasaṃgata: ○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh
⋙ parasaṃcāraka: ○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP
⋙ parasaṃjñaka: ○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L
⋙ parasambandha: ○sambandha m. relation or connection with another; • ○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W
⋙ parasavarṇa: ○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ; • ○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat
⋙ parasasthāna: ○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt
⋙ parasātkṛ: ○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc
⋙ parasevā: ○sevā f. service of another Kathās
⋙ parastrī: ○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh
⋙ parasthāna: ○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit
⋙ parasva: ○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c; • mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch; • -graha m. seizing another's property Prab; • -tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.); • -haraṇa n. = -graha L; • -hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property; • -"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property; • -"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent
⋙ parahaṃsa: ○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat
⋙ parahan: ○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh
⋙ parahita: ○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W; • n. another's welfare Bhartṛ; • -grantha m. N. of wk; • -rakṣita m. N. of an author; • -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
⋙ parāṅkuśa: parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras
⋙ parāgama: parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var
⋙ parāṅga: parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv; • a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2
⋙ parāṅgada: parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L
⋙ parācita: parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column 3]
⋙ parātman: parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP; • mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP
⋙ paradhi: parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L
⋙ parādhīna: parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c; • (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat; • -tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection
⋙ parananda: paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author; • -purāṇa n. N. of wk
⋙ parānīka: parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm
⋙ parānta: parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp; • 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh
⋙ parāntaka: parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv; • pl. N. of a people L
⋙ parānna: parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch; • -paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ; • -bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit; • m. a servant L
⋙ parāpara: parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c; • m. = -guru below; • n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W; • Grewia Asiatica Bhpr; • -guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class; • N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○); • -jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh; • -tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority; • the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp; • -dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv; • ○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP; • ○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1
⋙ parāmṛta: parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1
⋙ parāyaṇa: parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c; • (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car; • a religious order or division W; • (ifc; • f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c; • mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.); • principal, being the chief object or final aim ib; • dependent on (gen.) R; • leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh; • m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP; • -vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh
⋙ parayatta: paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc; • (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar
⋙ parāyus: parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP
⋙ parārtha: parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh; • sexual intercourse Pañc; • another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c; • mfn. (also -ka) having another object; • designed for another; • dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas; • -cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam; • -caryā f. care for another welfare ib; • -niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW; • -vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch; • ○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ
⋙ parārdha: parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh; • mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c; • the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur; • (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)
⋙ parārdhaka: parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv
⋙ parārdhya: parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr; • most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib; • highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c; • more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65; • n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS
⋙ parārbuda: parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L
⋙ parāvajñā: parâvajñā f. insulting another MW
⋙ parāvat: parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast
⋙ parāvara: parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c; • handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp; • each successive BhP; • m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38; • n. the distant and near &c; • cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas; • -jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column 1]; • -vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh; • ○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)
⋙ parāvasathaśāyin: parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit
⋙ paraśraya: paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv; • a refuge to enemies BhP; • mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh; • (ā), f. a parasitical plant L
⋙ parāśrita: parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn; • a dependent, servant slave Hit
⋙ parasaṅga: parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr
⋙ parāskandin: parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L
⋙ parāha: parâha m. the next day L
⋙ parāhata: parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W
⋙ parāhṇa: parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)
⋙ paretara: parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14
⋙ pareśa: parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur; • ○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh
⋙ pareṣṭi: parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W
⋙ pareṣṭukā: parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L
⋙ paraidhita: parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta); • a servant L
⋙ paroktakhaṇḍana: parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk
⋙ paroḍhā: parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh
⋙ parodvaha: parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)
⋙ paropakaraṇa: parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ; • ○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit
⋙ paropakāra: parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv; • ○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others; • (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW; • -dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107
⋙ paropakārin: parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.); • m. N. of a king Kathās
⋙ paropakṛta: parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW
⋙ paropakṛti: parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib
⋙ paropaga: parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L
⋙ paropajāpa: parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś
⋙ paropadeśa: parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit
⋙ paroparuddha: parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW
⋙ paropavāsa: parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast
⋙ paropasarpaṇa: parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām
≫ para 2: para in comp. for ○ras
⋙ parauru: ○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)
⋙ parauṣṇih: ○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chandaþs. (also parôṣṇih ib.)
⋙ paraṛkśatagātha: ○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr
≫ paraḥ: paraḥ in comp. for ○ras
⋙ paraḥkṛṣṇa: ○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp
⋙ paraḥpuṃsā: ○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr
⋙ paraḥpuruṣa: ○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ paraḥśata: ○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh; • containing more than 100 verses TBr; • -rg-gātha (r for ṛ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr
⋙ paraḥśvas: ○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L
⋙ paraḥṣaṣṭa: ○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr
⋙ paraḥsahasra: ○sahasrá (AV; • páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000
⋙ paraḥsāman: ○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans; • m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh
≫ paraka: paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch
≫ parakīya: parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām; • (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh
≫ parama: paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c; • chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous; • best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart; • ○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib; • (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R; • m. N. of 2 authors Cat; • n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c; • chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c; • (am), ind. yes, very well; • (also parama- in comp; • See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c
⋙ paramakaṇṭha: ○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy
⋙ paramakāṇḍa: ○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav
⋙ paramakrānti: ○krānti f. = para-kr○; • -jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch
⋙ paramakruddha: ○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R
⋙ paramakrodhin: ○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column 2]
⋙ paramagati: ○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W; • final beatitude ib
⋙ paramagava: ○gava m. an excellent bull L
⋙ paramagahana: ○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W
⋙ paramacetas: ○cetas n. all the heart MW
⋙ paramajā: ○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)
⋙ paramajyā: ○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV
⋙ paramatattva: ○tattva n. the highest truth; • -prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ paramatas: ○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively; • worst of all MW
⋙ paramatā: ○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank; • highest end or aim ŚBr
⋙ paramadāruṇa: ○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh
⋙ paramaduḥkhita: ○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal
⋙ paramadurmedhas: ○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW
⋙ paramadru: ○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib
⋙ paramadharmātman: ○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh
⋙ paramananda: ○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?; • cf. parân○ under para)
⋙ paramapada: ○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W; • -nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks; • ○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP
⋙ paramaparama: ○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP
⋙ paramapuṃs: ○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP
⋙ paramapuruṣa: ○puruṣa m. id; • -prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks
⋙ paramapūruṣa: ○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp
⋙ paramaprabha: ○prabha m. N. of a man L
⋙ paramaprīta: ○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh
⋙ paramabrahmacāriṇī: ○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L
⋙ paramabrahman: ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W
⋙ paramabhāsvara: ○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW
⋙ paramamanyumat: ○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal
⋙ paramamahat: ○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas
⋙ paramamokṣa: ○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr
⋙ paramarasa: ○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L
⋙ paramarahasya: ○rahasya n. the deepest mystery; • -japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
⋙ paramaraja: ○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk
⋙ paramarkṣa: ○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)
⋙ paramarddhika: ○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś
⋙ paramarṣi: ○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c
⋙ paramalaghumañjūṣā: ○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk
⋙ paramavismita: ○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW
⋙ paramavyomnika: ○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L
⋙ paramaśiva: ○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors
⋙ paramaśobhana: ○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh
⋙ paramasaṃhitā: ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk
⋙ paramasaṃhṛṣṭa: ○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal
⋙ paramasaṃtuṣṭa: ○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R
⋙ paramasamudaya: ○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4
⋙ paramasammata: ○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R
⋙ paramasarvatra: ○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L
⋙ paramasvadharman: ○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W
⋙ paramahaṃsa: ○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87); • -kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks; • -parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya; • -parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks
⋙ paramākṣara: paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch
⋙ paramākhya: paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R
⋙ paramāgama: paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks
⋙ paramāṅganā: paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R
⋙ paramāṭika: paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)
⋙ paramāṇu: paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○); • the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur; • n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt; • -kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk; • -tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP; • -maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP; • ○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1
⋙ paramātma: paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2
⋙ paramatma: paramátma in comp. = ○tman; • -gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks; • -maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar
⋙ paramātmaka: paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh
⋙ paramātman: paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh; • the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column 3]
⋙ paramādīśvara: paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh
⋙ paramādvaita: paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP; • n. pure, non-duality W
⋙ paramānanda: paramânanda m. supreme felicity; • the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c; • N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat; • -tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks
⋙ paramānna: paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c
⋙ paramāpakrama: paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas
⋙ paramāpad: paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW
⋙ paramāpama: paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W
⋙ paramāpsaras: paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R
⋙ paramāmṛta: paramâmṛta n. N. of wk
⋙ paramāyuṣa: paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L
⋙ paramayus: paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var
⋙ paramārādhya: paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat
⋙ paramārta: paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed; • -vat ind. very piteously R
⋙ paramārtha: paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc; • ○ena, āt, in reality); • any excellent or important object W; • the best sense ib; • the best kind of wealth ib; • -tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c; • -tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch; • -daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch; • -darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ; • -nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks; • -bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar; • -matsya m. a real fish Ragh; • -vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W; • -vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib; • -viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks; • -satya n. the real or entire truth L; • -saṃdarbha m. N. of wk; • -sarit f. really a river Vikr; • -sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks; • -supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch; • -stuti f. N. of wk
⋙ paramarya: paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L
⋙ paramārhata: paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L
⋙ paramāvaṭika: paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)
⋙ paramāvadhi: paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W
⋙ paramāsana: paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat
⋙ paramāha: paramâha m. an excellent day L
⋙ paramekṣu: paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)
⋙ parameśa: paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh; • -stotrâvali; • f. N. of wk
⋙ parameśvara: paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God; • N. of Śiva; • of Vishṇu; • of Indra; • of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.); • a Jaina L; • N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat; • (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv; • of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.); • n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat; • -tantra n. N. of wk; • -tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad; • -datta m. N. of an author; • -pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks; • -praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad; • -rakṣita m. N. of an author; • -varman m. N. of a man L; • -saṃhitā f. N. of wk; • -sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad; • -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks; • ○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad
⋙ parameṣvāsa: paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh
⋙ paramaiśvarya: paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy
⋙ paramopāsaka: paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar
≫ paramaka: paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)
≫ parame: parame loc. of ○ma in comp
⋙ parameṣṭha: ○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97; • m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W; • (ā), f. a kind of metre L
⋙ parameṣṭhi: ○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr; • -tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr
⋙ parameṣṭhin: ○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c; • m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV; • of Prajā-pati ib. &c; • a son of Prajā-pati Br; • of Brahmā MBh; • of Śiva ib; • of Vishṇu Ragh; • of Garuḍa MBh; • of Manu Cakshus MārkP; • (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L; • the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L; • a kind of Virāj RPrāt; • a kind of ammonite L; • N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh; • of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur; • du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP; • (nī), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column 1]
⋙ parameṣṭhina: ○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4
≫ paraś: paraś in comp. for ○ras
⋙ paraścatvāriṃśa: ○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr
≫ paras: parás ind. beyond, further, off, away; • in future, afterwards; • (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than; • (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ); • without; • (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ); • exclusive of, except, without; • (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr; • (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority; • prec. and under paraḥ)
⋙ parastaram: ○tarám (RV.),
⋙ parastarām: ○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further; • parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr
⋙ parastāt: ○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk; • with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c; • from afar off, from before or behind Br; • aside, apart ib; • hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c
⋙ paraspa: ○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting; • n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection
⋙ paraspā: ○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS
≫ paraspara: paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para; • cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ; • pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420; • (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c; • so also ibc. (cf. below); • rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51
⋙ parasparajña: ○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W
⋙ parasparaprīti: ○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc
⋙ parasparaviruddha: ○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn
⋙ parasparavivāda: ○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet
⋙ parasparavyāvṛtti: ○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk
⋙ parasparasakhya: ○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit
⋙ parasparasamāgama: ○samāgama m. the meeting one another R
⋙ parasparasukhaiṣin: ○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal
⋙ parasparasthita: ○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh
⋙ parasparahata: ○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal
⋙ parasparahita: ○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R
⋙ parasparākrandin: parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum
⋙ parasparādin: parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn
⋙ parasparānumati: parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W
⋙ parasparāmiṣatā: parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām
⋙ parasparāśraya: parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh; • m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L
⋙ parasparotpīḍana: parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit
⋙ parasparopakāra: parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance; • ○rin m. an ally or associate W
≫ parasmai: parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)
⋙ parasmaipada: ○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c; • (pl.) iii, 4, 82
⋙ parasmaipadin: ○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch
⋙ parasmaibhāṣa: ○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat; • (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch
≫ parā 1: parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp
⋙ parācintāmaṇi: ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk
⋙ parātriṃśikā: ○triṃśikā f. N. of wk
⋙ parādevī: ○devī f. a partic. form of Devii; • -rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk
⋙ parāpur: ○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch
⋙ parāpūjā: ○pūjā f
⋙ parāpraveśikā: ○praveśikā f. N. of wks
⋙ parāprasādamantra: ○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L
⋙ parārahasya: ○rahasya n. N. of wk
⋙ parāvedī: ○vedī f. = bṛhatī L
⋙ parāśakti: ○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat
⋙ parāstotra: ○stotra n. N. of wk
≫ parāt: parāt abl. of para in comp
⋙ parātpara: ○para mfn. superior to the best W; • senior to the senior (cf. next); • -guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)
⋙ parātpriya: ○priya m. a species of gourd L
≫ parāri: parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22
⋙ parāritna: parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt
≫ pare: pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp
⋙ paredyavi: ○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)
⋙ paredyus: ○dyus ind. id. W
⋙ parepa: ○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L
⋙ pareprāṇa: ○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās
≫ paro: paro in comp. for ○ras
⋙ paroṃhu: ○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr
⋙ parokṣa: ○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c; • past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115); • (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below); • (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr; • later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c; • (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up; • (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column 2]; • (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c; • one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115; • m. an ascetic L; • N. of a son of Anu BhP; • (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt; • (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt; • N. of a river VP; • -kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr; • -kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1; • -jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP; • -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility; • -pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS; • -priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr; • -bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS; • -buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam; • -bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W; • -manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak; • -vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām; • formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch; • ○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning; • n. an absent or invisible object Hit
⋙ parogavyūti: ○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV; • mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh
⋙ parogoṣṭhām: ○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS
⋙ parobāhu: ○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr
⋙ paromātra: ○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV
⋙ parorajas: ○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr; • untouched by passion MW
⋙ parolakṣa: ○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L
⋙ parovaram: ○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr; • ○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch
⋙ parovarīyas: ○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh; • better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.); • n. the highest happiness ib
⋙ paroviṃśa: ○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr
⋙ parośīta: ○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib
⋙ parohavis: ○havis n. more than an obl